UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

or

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________________ to ________________

Commission file number 000-26719

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            MICHIGAN                                       38-3360865
(State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

310 LEONARD STREET NW, GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN                       49504
(Address of principal executive offices)                          (Zip Code)

(616) 406-3000
(Registrant's telephone number including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK
(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer,
as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No X

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No X

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer X Non-accelerated filer

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No X

The aggregate value of the common equity held by non-affiliates (persons other than directors and executive officers) of the registrant, computed by reference to the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the common stock as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $287.9 million.

As of February 10, 2006, there were issued and outstanding 7,595,287 shares of the registrant's common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the proxy statement for the 2006 annual meeting of shareholders (Portions of Part III).


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

THE COMPANY

Mercantile Bank Corporation is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Bank Holding Company Act"). Unless the text clearly suggests otherwise, references to "us," "we," "our," or "the company" include Mercantile Bank Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"). We were organized on July 15, 1997, under the laws of the State of Michigan, primarily for the purpose of holding all of the stock of Mercantile Bank of Michigan ("our bank"), and of such other subsidiaries as we may acquire or establish. Our bank commenced business on December 15, 1997.

Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company initiated business in October 2000 as a subsidiary of our bank, and was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC ("our mortgage company"), on January 1, 2004. On February 7, 2002, Mercantile BIDCO, Inc. ("our BIDCO"), a subsidiary of our bank, was granted a license by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services to operate as a Michigan Business and Industrial Development Company under the Michigan BIDCO Act of 1986. In 2005, we decided to terminate our BIDCO, and dissolved it in December of 2005. Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc. ("our insurance company"), a subsidiary of our bank, commenced operations during 2002 to offer insurance products. Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., L.L.C., ("our real estate company"), a subsidiary of our bank, was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct and own our new facility in downtown Grand Rapids which serves as our bank's new main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation's headquarters. Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I ("the Mercantile trust"), a business trust subsidiary, was formed in September 2004 to issue trust preferred securities.

To date we have raised capital from our initial public offering of common stock in October 1997, a public offering of common stock in July 1998, three private placements of common stock during 2001, a public offering of common stock in August 2001 and a public offering of common stock in September 2003. In addition, we raised capital through a public offering of $16.0 million of trust preferred securities in 1999, which was refinanced as part of a $32.0 million private placement of trust preferred securities in 2004. Our expenses have generally been paid using the proceeds of the capital sales and dividends from our bank. Our principal source of future operating funds is expected to be dividends from our bank.

We filed an election to become a financial holding company, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended by Title I of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and implementing Federal Reserve Board regulations, which election became effective March 23, 2000.

OUR BANK

Our bank is a state banking company that operates under the laws of the State of Michigan, pursuant to a charter issued by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services. Our bank's deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). Our bank's primary service area is the Kent and Ottawa County areas of West Michigan, which includes the City of Grand Rapids, the second largest city in the State of Michigan. In addition, our bank opened new offices in the cities of East Lansing and Ann Arbor, Michigan, during 2005.

Our bank, through its eight offices, provides commercial and retail banking services primarily to small- to medium-sized businesses based in and around the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing and Ann Arbor metropolitan areas. These offices consist of a main office located at 310 Leonard Street NW, Grand Rapids, Michigan, a combination branch and retail loan center located at 4613 Alpine Avenue NW, Comstock Park, Michigan, a combination branch and operations center located at 5610 Byron Center Avenue SW, Wyoming, Michigan, and branches located at 4860 Broadmoor Avenue SE, Kentwood, Michigan, 3156 Knapp Street NE, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 880 East 16th Street, Holland, Michigan, 1651 West Lake Lansing Road, East Lansing, Michigan, and 325 Eisenhower Parkway, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

2.


Our bank makes secured and unsecured commercial, construction, mortgage and consumer loans, and accepts checking, savings and time deposits. Our bank owns six automated teller machines ("ATM"), located at our branch locations in Grand Rapids and Holland, that participate in the MAC, NYCE and PLUS regional network systems, as well as other ATM networks throughout the country. Our bank also enables customers to conduct certain loan and deposit transactions by telephone and personal computer. Courier service is provided to certain commercial customers, and safe deposit facilities are available at all branch locations. Our bank does not have trust powers. In December 2001, our bank entered into a joint brokerage services and marketing agreement with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. to make available to its customers financial planning, retail brokerage, equity research, insurance and annuities, retirement planning, trust services and estate planning.

OUR MORTGAGE COMPANY

Our mortgage company's predecessor, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, commenced operations on October 24, 2000 when our bank contributed most of its residential mortgage loan portfolio and participation interests in certain commercial mortgage loans to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On the same date, our bank also transferred its residential mortgage origination function to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On January 1, 2004, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a limited liability company, which is 99% owned by our bank and 1% owned by our insurance company. The reorganization had no impact on the company's financial position or results of operations. Mortgage loans originated and held by our mortgage company are serviced by our bank pursuant to a servicing agreement.

OUR BIDCO

Our BIDCO, a wholly-owned subsidiary of our bank, was granted a license by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services on February 7, 2002, to operate our BIDCO as a Michigan Business and Industrial Development Company. Our BIDCO, a non-depository Michigan financial institution, offered equipment lease financing, asset based loans, junior debt facilities and other financing where equity features may be part of the facility pricing. In 2005, we decided to terminate our BIDCO, and dissolved it in December of 2005. The assets of the BIDCO, primarily comprised of two commercial loan relationships, were transferred to our bank.

OUR INSURANCE COMPANY

Our insurance company acquired an existing shelf insurance agency effective April 15, 2002. An Agency and Institution Agreement was entered into among our insurance company, our bank and Hub International for the purpose of providing programs of mass marketed personal lines of insurance. Insurance product offerings include private passenger automobile, homeowners, personal inland marine, boat owners, recreational vehicle, dwelling fire, umbrella policies, small business and life insurance products, all of which are provided by and written through companies that have appointed Hub International as their agent.

OUR REAL ESTATE COMPANY

Our real estate company was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct and own our facility in downtown Grand Rapids that serves as our bank's main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation's headquarters. This facility was placed into service during the second quarter of 2005. Our real estate company is 99% owned by our bank and 1% owned by our insurance company.

3.


THE MERCANTILE TRUST

In 2004 we formed the Mercantile trust, a Delaware business trust. Mercantile trust's business and affairs are conducted by its property trustee, a Delaware trust company, and three individual administrative trustees who are employees and officers of the company. Mercantile trust was established for the purpose of issuing and selling its Series A and Series B trust preferred securities and common securities, and used the proceeds from the sales of those securities to acquire Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes issued by the company. Substantially all of the net proceeds received by the company from the Series A transaction were used to redeem the trust preferred securities that had been issued by MBWM Capital Trust I in September 1999. Substantially all of the net proceeds received by the company from the Series B transaction were contributed to our bank as capital. The Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes are categorized on our consolidated financial statements as subordinated debentures. Additional information regarding Mercantile trust is incorporated by reference to "Note 15 - Subordinated Debentures" and "Note 16 - Regulatory Matters" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on pages F-54 and F-55.

EFFECT OF GOVERNMENT MONETARY POLICIES

Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies, and the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board's monetary policies have had, and will likely continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation, maintain employment, and mitigate economic recessions. The policies of the Federal Reserve Board have a major effect upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities, and through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. Our bank maintains reserves directly with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to the extent required by law. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

As a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, we are required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require. We are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.

The Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities of bank holding companies that have not qualified as financial holding companies to banking and the management of banking organizations, and to certain non-banking activities. These non-banking activities include those activities that the Federal Reserve Board found, by order or regulation as of the day prior to enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking. These non-banking activities include, among other things:
operating a mortgage company, finance company, or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing certain investment and financial advice; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing property on a full-payout, nonoperating basis; and providing discount securities brokerage services for customers. With the exception of the activities of our mortgage company discussed above, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries engages in any of the non-banking activities listed above.

In March 2000, our election to become a financial holding company, as permitted by the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended by Title I of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, was accepted by the Federal Reserve Board. In order to continue as a financial holding company, we and our bank must satisfy statutory requirements regarding capitalization, management, and compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. As a financial holding company, we are permitted to engage in a broader range of activities than are permitted to bank holding companies.

4.


Those expanded activities include any activity which the Federal Reserve Board (in certain instances in consultation with the Department of the Treasury) determines, by order or regulation, to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity, or to be complementary to a financial activity and not to pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. Such expanded activities include, among others: insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability or death, or issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for such purposes; providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising a mutual fund; and underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities. Other than the insurance agency activities of our insurance company, neither we nor our subsidiaries presently engage in any of the expanded activities.

Our bank is subject to restrictions imposed by federal law and regulation. Among other things, these restrictions apply to any extension of credit to us or to our other subsidiaries, to investments in stock or other securities that we issue, to the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower, and to acquisitions of assets or services from, and sales of certain types of assets to, us or our other subsidiaries. Federal law prevents us from borrowing from our bank unless the loans are secured in designated amounts with specified forms of collateral.

With respect to the acquisition of banking organizations, we are generally required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before we can acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company, if, after the acquisition, we would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of the bank or bank holding company. Acquisitions of banking organizations across state lines are subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal and state laws and regulations.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2005, we and our bank employed 244 full-time and 60 part-time persons. Management believes that relations with employees are good.

LENDING POLICY

As a routine part of our business, we make loans and leases to businesses and individuals located within our market areas. Our lending policy states that the function of the lending operation is twofold: to provide a means for the investment of funds at a profitable rate of return with an acceptable degree of risk, and to meet the credit needs of the creditworthy businesses and individuals who are our customers. We recognize that in the normal business of lending, some losses on loans and leases will be inevitable and should be considered a part of the normal cost of doing business.

Our lending policy anticipates that priorities in extending loans and leases will be modified from time to time as interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors change. The policy sets forth guidelines on a nondiscriminatory basis for lending in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The policy describes various criteria for granting loans and leases, including the ability to pay; the character of the customer; evidence of financial responsibility; purpose of the loan or lease; knowledge of collateral and its value; terms of repayment; source of repayment; payment history; and economic conditions.

The lending policy further limits the amount of funds that may be loaned or leased against specified types of real estate collateral. For certain loans secured by real estate, the policy requires an appraisal of the property offered as collateral by a state certified independent appraiser. The policy also provides general guidelines for loan to value and lease to value limits for other types of collateral, such as accounts receivable and machinery and equipment. In addition, the policy provides general guidelines as to environmental analysis, loans to employees, executive officers and directors, problem loan and lease identification, maintenance of an allowance for loan and lease losses, loan and lease review and grading, mortgage and consumer lending, and other matters relating to our lending practices.

5.


The Board of Directors has delegated significant lending authority to officers of our bank. The Board of Directors believes this empowerment, supported by our strong credit culture and the significant experience of our commercial lending staff, makes us responsive to our customers. The loan policy currently specifies lending authority for certain officers up to $2.5 million, and $7.5 million for our bank's Chairman of the Board and its President and Chief Executive Officer; however, the $7.5 million lending authority is generally used only in rare circumstances where timing is of the essence. Generally, loan requests exceeding $2.5 million require approval by the Officers Loan Committee, and loan requests exceeding $4.0 million, up to the legal lending limit of approximately $33.6 million, require approval by the Board of Directors. In most circumstances, we apply an in-house lending limit that is significantly less than our bank's legal lending limit.

LENDING ACTIVITY

Commercial Loans. Our commercial lending group originates commercial loans and leases primarily in our market areas. Our commercial lenders have extensive commercial lending experience, with most having at least ten years experience. Loans and leases are originated for general business purposes, including working capital, accounts receivable financing, machinery and equipment acquisition, and commercial real estate financing, including new construction and land development.

Working capital loans are often structured as a line of credit and are reviewed periodically in connection with the borrower's year-end financial reporting. These loans are generally secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower, and have an interest rate tied to the national prime rate. Loans and leases for machinery and equipment purposes typically have a maturity of three to five years and are fully amortizing, while commercial real estate loans are usually written with a five-year maturity and amortize over a 15 year period. Commercial loans and leases typically have an interest rate that is fixed to maturity or is tied to the national prime rate.

We evaluate many aspects of a commercial loan or lease transaction in order to minimize credit and interest rate risk. Underwriting includes an assessment of the management, products, markets, cash flow, capital, income and collateral. This analysis includes a review of the borrower's historical and projected financial results. Appraisals are generally required by certified independent appraisers where real estate is the primary collateral, and in some cases, where equipment is the primary collateral. In certain situations, for creditworthy customers, we may accept title reports instead of requiring lenders' policies of title insurance.

Commercial real estate lending involves more risk than residential lending because loan balances are greater and repayment is dependent upon the borrower's business operations. We attempt to minimize the risks associated with these transactions by generally limiting our commercial real estate lending to owner-operated properties of well-known customers or new customers whose businesses have an established profitable history. In many cases, risk is further reduced by limiting the amount of credit to any one borrower to an amount considerably less than our legal lending limit and avoiding certain types of commercial real estate financings.

We have no material foreign loans, and no material loans to energy producing customers. We have only limited exposure to companies engaged in agricultural-related activities.

Single-Family Residential Real Estate Loans. Our mortgage company originates single-family residential real estate loans in our market area, usually according to secondary market underwriting standards. Loans not conforming to those standards are made in limited circumstances. Single-family residential real estate loans provide borrowers with a fixed or adjustable interest rate with terms up to 30 years.

Our bank has a home equity line of credit program. Home equity credit is generally secured by either a first or second mortgage on the borrower's primary residence. The program provides revolving credit at a rate tied to the national prime rate.

Consumer Loans. We originate consumer loans for a variety of personal financial needs, including new and used automobiles, boat loans, credit cards and overdraft protection for our checking account

6.


customers. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates and usually involve more credit risk than single-family residential real estate loans because of the type and nature of the collateral.

Management believes our consumer loans are underwritten carefully, with a strong emphasis on the amount of the down payment, credit quality, employment stability and monthly income of the borrower. These loans are generally repaid on a monthly repayment schedule with the source of repayment tied to the borrower's periodic income. In addition, consumer lending collections are dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability, and are thus likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness and personal bankruptcy. In many cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of depreciation of the underlying collateral.

Management believes that the generally higher yields earned on consumer loans compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans, and that consumer loans are important to our efforts to serve the credit needs of the communities and customers that we serve.

LOAN AND LEASE PORTFOLIO QUALITY

We utilize a comprehensive grading system for our commercial loans and leases as well as residential mortgage and consumer loans. Administered as part of the loan and lease review program, virtually all commercial loans and leases are graded on an eight grade rating system. The rating system utilizes a standardized grade paradigm that analyzes several critical factors such as cash flow, management and collateral coverage. Virtually all commercial loans and leases are graded at inception and later at various intervals. Residential mortgage and consumer loans are graded on a four grade rating system using a separate standardized grade paradigm that analyzes several critical factors such as debt-to-income and credit and employment histories. Residential mortgage and consumer loans are generally only graded once after the loans are made.

Our independent loan and lease review program is primarily responsible for the administration of the grading system and ensuring adherence to established lending policies and procedures. The loan and lease review program is an integral part of maintaining our strong asset quality culture. The loan and lease review function works closely with senior management, although it functionally reports to the Board of Directors. All commercial loan and lease relationships exceeding $1.0 million are formally reviewed every twelve to eighteen months. Credits between $0.5 million and $1.0 million are formally reviewed every two years, with a random sampling performed on credits under $0.5 million. Our watch list credits are reviewed monthly by our Watch List Committee, which is comprised of personnel from the administration, lending and loan and lease review functions.

Loans and leases are placed in a nonaccrual status when, in the opinion of management, uncertainty exists as to the ultimate collection of principal and interest. As of December 31, 2005, loans and leases placed in nonaccrual status totaled $3.6 million, or 0.23% of total loans and leases. As of the same date, loans and leases past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest totaled $0.4 million, or 0.03% of total loans and leases. As of December 31, 2005, there were no other significant loans and leases where known information about credit problems of borrowers warranted the placing of the loans or leases in a nonaccrual status. Management is not aware of any potential problem credits that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, liquidity, or capital resources.

Additional detail and information relative to the loan and lease portfolio is incorporated by reference to Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation ("Management's Discussion and Analysis") beginning on Page F-4 and Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-44 and F-45 included in this Annual Report.

7.


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

In each accounting period, the allowance for loan and lease losses ("allowance") is adjusted by management to the amount management believes is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through its loan and lease review and credit departments, management attempts to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. Management's evaluation of the allowance is further based on, but not limited to, consideration of internally prepared calculations based upon the experience of senior management and lending staff making similar loans and leases in the same community for almost 20 years, composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, our bank's status as a relatively new banking organization, the rapid loan growth since inception and commercial lending emphasis is taken into account. Management believes that the present allowance is adequate, based on the broad range of considerations listed above.

The primary risks associated with commercial loans and leases are the financial condition of the borrower, the sufficiency of collateral, and lack of timely payment. Management has a policy of requesting and reviewing periodic financial statements from its commercial loan and lease customers, and periodically reviews existence of collateral and its value. The primary risk element considered by management with respect to each consumer and residential real estate loan is lack of timely payment. Management has a reporting system that monitors past due loans and has adopted policies to pursue its creditor's rights in order to preserve our bank's collateral position.

Additional detail regarding the allowance is incorporated by reference to Management's Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 and Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company on pages F-44 and F-45 included in this Annual Report.

Although management believes the allowance is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses as they arise, there can be no assurance that we will not sustain losses in any given period which could be substantial in relation to, or greater than, the size of the allowance.

INVESTMENTS

Bank Holding Company Investments. The principal investments of our bank holding company are the investments in the common stock of our bank and the common securities of Mercantile trust. Other funds of our bank holding company may be invested from time to time in various debt instruments.

As a bank holding company, we are also permitted to make portfolio investments in equity securities and to make equity investments in subsidiaries engaged in a variety of non-banking activities, which include real estate-related activities such as community development, real estate appraisals, arranging equity financing for commercial real estate, and owning and operating real estate used substantially by our bank or acquired for its future use. In addition, our bank holding company's qualification as a financial holding company enables us to make equity investments in companies engaged in a broader range of financial activities than we could do without that qualification. Such expanded activities include insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability or death, or issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for such purposes; providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising a mutual fund; and underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities. Our bank holding company has no plans at this time to make directly any of these equity investments at the bank holding company level. Our Board of Directors may, however, alter the investment policy at any time without shareholder approval.

8.


In addition, so long as our bank holding company is qualified as a financial holding company, it would be permitted, as part of the business of underwriting or merchant banking activity and under certain circumstances and procedures, to invest in shares or other ownership interests in, or assets of, companies engaged in non-financial activities. In order to make those investments, our bank holding company would be required (i) to become, or to have an affiliate that is, a registered securities broker or dealer or a registered municipal securities dealer, or (ii) to control both an insurance company engaged in underwriting life, accident and health, or property and casualty insurance (other than credit insurance) or issuing annuities, and a registered investment adviser that furnishes investment advice to an insurance company. We do not currently have any securities, insurance, or investment advisory affiliates of the required types, nor does our bank holding company have any current plans to make any of the equity investments described in this paragraph.

Our Bank's Investments. Our bank may invest its funds in a wide variety of debt instruments and may participate in the federal funds market with other depository institutions. Subject to certain exceptions, our bank is prohibited from investing in equity securities. Among the equity investments permitted for our bank under various conditions and subject in some instances to amount limitations, are shares of a subsidiary insurance agency, mortgage company, real estate company, or Michigan business and industrial development company, such as our insurance company, our mortgage company, or our real estate company. Under another such exception, in certain circumstances and with prior notice to or approval of the FDIC, our bank could invest up to 10% of its total assets in the equity securities of a subsidiary corporation engaged in the acquisition and development of real property for sale, or the improvement of real property by construction or rehabilitation of residential or commercial units for sale or lease. Our bank has no present plans to make such an investment. Real estate acquired by our bank in satisfaction of or foreclosure upon loans may be held by our bank for specified periods. Our bank is also permitted to invest in such real estate as is necessary for the convenient transaction of its business. Our bank's Board of Directors may alter the bank's investment policy without shareholder approval at any time.

Additional detail and information relative to the securities portfolio is incorporated by reference to Management's Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 and Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-41 through F-43 included in this Annual Report.

COMPETITION

Our primary markets for loans and core deposits are the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing and Ann Arbor metropolitan areas. We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. We compete for deposits, loans and other financial services with numerous Michigan-based and out-of-state banks, savings banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as from other entities that provide financial services. Some of the financial institutions and financial service organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as we are. Many of our primary competitors have been in business for many years, have established customer bases, are larger, have substantially higher lending limits than we do, and offer larger branch networks and other services which we do not. Most of these same entities have greater capital resources than we do, which, among other things, may allow them to price their services at levels more favorable to the customer and to provide larger credit facilities than we do. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act may significantly change the competitive environment in which we conduct our business. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services.

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

Management's Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 in this Annual Report includes selected statistical information.

9.


RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS

Return on Equity and Asset information is included in Management's Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 in this Annual Report.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We maintain an internet website at www.mercbank.com. We make available on or through our website, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not intend the address of our website to be an active link or to otherwise incorporate the contents of our website into this Annual Report.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors could affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report because they could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements. Before you buy our common stock, you should know that investing in our common stock involves risks, including the risks described below. The risks that are highlighted here are not the only ones we face. If the adverse matters referred to in any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or operations could be adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

ADVERSE CHANGES IN ECONOMIC CONDITIONS OR INTEREST RATES MAY NEGATIVELY AFFECT OUR EARNINGS, CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY.

The results of operations for financial institutions, including our bank, may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing local and national economic conditions, including declines in real estate market values and the related declines in value of our real estate collateral, rapid increases or decreases in interest rates and changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. Our profitability is heavily influenced by the spread between the interest rates we earn on loans and investments and the interest rates we pay on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Substantially all of our loans are to businesses and individuals in western, south central, or southeastern Michigan, and any decline in the economy of these areas could adversely affect us. Like most banking institutions, our net interest spread and margin will be affected by general economic conditions and other factors that influence market interest rates and our ability to respond to changes in these rates. At any given time, our assets and liabilities may be such that they will be affected differently by a given change in interest rates.

OUR CREDIT LOSSES COULD INCREASE AND OUR ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE TO COVER ACTUAL LOAN LOSSES.

The risk of nonpayment of loans is inherent in all lending activities, and nonpayment, when it occurs, may have a materially adverse effect on our earnings and overall financial condition as well as the value of our common stock. Our focus on commercial lending may result in a larger concentration of loans to small businesses. As a result, we may assume different or greater lending risks than other banks. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for losses based on several factors. If our assumptions are wrong, our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover our losses, which would have an adverse effect on our operating results. While we have not experienced unusual amounts of charge-offs or nonperforming loans, we cannot assure you that we will not experience an increase in delinquencies and losses as the loans and leases continue to mature. The actual amounts of future provisions for loan and lease losses cannot be determined at this time and may exceed the amounts of past provisions. Additions to our allowance for loan and lease losses decrease our net income.

10.


WE RELY HEAVILY ON OUR MANAGEMENT AND OTHER KEY PERSONNEL, AND THE LOSS OF ANY OF THEM MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATIONS.

We are and will continue to be dependent upon the services of our management team, including Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Michael H. Price, our President and Chief Operating Officer, and our other senior managers. The loss of either Mr. Johnson or Mr. Price, or any of our other senior managers, could have an adverse effect on our growth and performance. We have entered into employment contracts with Mr. Johnson and Mr. Price and two other senior managers. The contracts provide for a three year employment period that is extended for an additional year each year unless a notice is given indicating that the contract will not be extended.

In addition, we continue to depend on our city presidents and key commercial loan officers. Our city presidents and several of our commercial loan officers are responsible, or share responsibility, for generating and managing a significant portion of our commercial loan and lease portfolio. Our success can be attributed in large part to the relationships these officers as well as members of our management team have developed and are able to maintain with our customers as we continue to implement our community banking philosophy. The loss of any of these commercial loan officers could adversely affect our loan and lease portfolio and performance, and our ability to generate new loans and leases. Many of our key employees have signed agreements with us agreeing not to compete with us in one or more of our markets for specified time periods if they leave employment with us.

Some of the other financial institutions in our markets also require their key employees to sign agreements that preclude or limit their ability to leave their employment and compete with them or solicit their customers. These agreements make it more difficult for us to hire loan officers with experience in our markets who can immediately solicit their former or new customers on our behalf.

DECLINE IN THE AVAILABILITY OF OUT-OF-AREA DEPOSITS COULD CAUSE LIQUIDITY OR INTEREST RATE MARGIN CONCERNS, OR LIMIT OUR GROWTH.

We have utilized and expect to continue to utilize out-of-area or wholesale deposits to support our asset growth. These deposits are generally a lower cost source of funds when compared to the interest rates that we would have to offer in our local markets to generate a commensurate level of funds. In addition, the overhead costs associated with wholesale deposits are considerably less than the overhead costs we would incur to obtain and administer a similar level of local deposits. A decline in the availability of these wholesale deposits would require us to fund our growth with more costly funding sources, which could reduce our net interest margin, limit our growth, reduce our asset size, or increase our overhead costs.

FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK OR OTHER SECURITIES MAY DILUTE THE VALUE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

In many situations, our Board of Directors has the authority, without any vote of our shareholders, to issue shares of our authorized but unissued stock, including shares authorized and unissued under our stock option plans. In the future, we may issue additional securities, through public or private offerings, in order to raise additional capital. Any such issuance would dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the per share book value of the common stock. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when we would otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms.

11.


OUR GROWTH AND EXPANSION MAY BE LIMITED BY MANY FACTORS.

Our primary growth strategy has been to grow internally by increasing our business in the western Michigan area, and more recently in the Lansing and Ann Arbor areas of Michigan. We are also considering other areas in which we may expand our business. This internal growth strategy depends in large part on generating an increasing level of loans and deposits at acceptable risk and interest rate levels without commensurate increases in non-interest expenses. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in continuing our growth strategy due to delays and other impediments resulting from regulatory oversight, limited availability of qualified personnel and favorable and cost effective branch sites, and management time, capital, and expenses required to develop new branch sites and markets. In addition, the success of our growth strategy will depend on maintaining sufficient regulatory capital levels and on adequate economic conditions in our market areas.

In addition, although we have no current plans to do so, we may acquire banks, related businesses or branches of other financial institutions that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities and asset quality issues, difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel, potential disruption to our business including the diversion of management's time and attention, and the possible loss of key employees and customers.

OUR FUTURE SUCCESS IS DEPENDENT ON OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY IN THE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE BANKING INDUSTRY.

We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. We compete for deposits, loans and other financial services with numerous Michigan-based and out-of-state banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as other entities that provide financial services, including securities firms and mutual funds. Some of the financial institutions and financial service organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as we are. Most of our competitors have been in business for many years, have established customer bases, are larger, have substantially higher lending limits than we do and offer branch networks and other services which we do not, including trust and international banking services. Most of these entities have greater capital and other resources than we do, which, among other things, may allow them to price their services at levels more favorable to the customer and to provide larger credit facilities than we do. This competition may limit our growth or earnings. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, effective March 11, 2000, securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act affects the competitive environment in which we conduct business. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT GOVERNMENT REGULATION, AND ANY REGULATORY CHANGES
MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

The banking industry is heavily regulated under both federal and state law. These regulations are primarily intended to protect customers, not our creditors or shareholders. Existing state and federal banking laws subject us to substantial limitations with respect to the making of loans, the purchase of securities, the payment of dividends and many other aspects of our business. Some of these laws may benefit us, others may increase our costs of doing business, or otherwise adversely affect us and create competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and we cannot predict the ultimate effect of these changes, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability or financial condition. Federal economic and monetary policy may also affect our ability to attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

12.


WE CONTINUALLY ENCOUNTER TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE, AND WE MAY HAVE FEWER RESOURCES THAN OUR COMPETITORS TO CONTINUE TO INVEST IN TECHNOLOGICAL IMPROVEMENTS.

The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS AND THE LAWS OF MICHIGAN CONTAIN PROVISIONS THAT MAY DISCOURAGE OR PREVENT A TAKEOVER OF OUR COMPANY AND REDUCE ANY TAKEOVER PREMIUM.

Our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, and the corporate laws of the State of Michigan, include provisions which are designed to provide our Board of Directors with time to consider whether a hostile takeover offer is in our and our shareholders' best interest. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. The provisions also could diminish the opportunities for a holder of our common stock to participate in tender offers, including tender offers at a price above the then-current market price for our common stock. These provisions could also prevent transactions in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then-current market prices, and may limit the ability of our shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests.

The Michigan Business Corporation Act contains provisions intended to protect shareholders and prohibit or discourage various types of hostile takeover activities. In addition to these provisions and the provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, federal law requires the Federal Reserve Board's approval prior to acquiring "control" of a bank holding company. All of these provisions may delay or prevent a change in control without action by our shareholders, and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

THERE IS A LIMITED TRADING MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK.

The price of our common stock has been, and will likely continue to be, subject to fluctuations based on, among other things, economic and market conditions for bank holding companies and the stock market in general, as well as changes in investor perceptions of our company. The issuance of new shares of our common stock also may affect the market for our common stock.

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MBWM". The development and maintenance of an active public trading market depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is beyond our control. While we are a publicly-traded company, the volume of trading activity in our stock is still relatively limited. Even if a more active market develops, there can be no assurance that such a market will continue, or that our shareholders will be able to sell their shares at or above the offering price.

We have paid a 5% stock dividend on our common stock each year since 2001, and have paid a quarterly cash dividend each quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2003. While we expect to continue paying cash dividends, there is no assurance that we will continue to do so.

13.


OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO OPERATIONAL RISKS.

We, like most financial institutions, are exposed to many types of operational risks, including the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors. Operational errors may include clerical or record keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Given our volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully corrected. Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process our transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect.

We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, including, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages, which may give rise to losses in service to customers and to loss or liability to us. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations to us, or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as are we, and to the risk that our or our vendors' business continuity and data security systems prove not to be sufficiently adequate. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures prove inadequate or are circumvented, causing delays in detection or errors in information. Although we maintain a system of controls designed to keep operational risk at appropriate levels, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from operational risks in the future that may be material in amount.

ITEM IB. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have received no written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that were issued 180 days or more before the end of our 2005 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

During 2005 our bank placed into service a new four-story facility located approximately two miles north from the center of downtown Grand Rapids. Design and construction of this facility had started during 2003. This new facility serves as the Company's headquarters and our bank's main office, and houses the administration function, our bank's commercial lending and review function, our bank's loan operations function, a full service branch, portions of our bank's retail lending and business development function and our bank's retail brokerage operation. A majority of functions housed at this facility were formerly operated out of a leased facility located at 216 North Division Avenue, Grand Rapids, Michigan, approximately two miles from the new facility. The new facility consists of approximately 55,000 square feet of usable space and contains multiple drive-through lanes with ample parking. The land and building are owned by our real estate company. The address of this facility is 310 Leonard Street NW, Grand Rapids, Michigan.

Our bank designed and constructed a full service branch and retail loan facility in Alpine Township, a northwest suburb of Grand Rapids, which opened in July of 1999. The facility is one story and has approximately 8,000 square feet of usable space. The land and building are owned by our bank. The facility has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 4613 Alpine Avenue NW, Comstock Park, Michigan.

14.


During 2001 our bank designed and constructed two facilities on a 4-acre parcel of land located in the City of Wyoming, a southwest suburb of Grand Rapids. The land had been purchased by our bank in 2000. The larger of the two buildings is a full service branch and deposit operations facility which opened in September of 2001. The facility is two-stories and has approximately 25,000 square feet of usable space. The facility is owned by our bank and has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 5610 Byron Center Avenue SW, Wyoming, Michigan. The other building is a single-story facility with approximately 11,000 square feet of usable space. Our bank's accounting, audit, loss prevention and wire transfer functions are housed in this building, which underwent a renovation in 2005 that almost doubled its size. This facility is also owned by our bank. The address of this facility is 5650 Byron Center Avenue SW, Wyoming, Michigan.

During 2002 our bank designed and constructed a full service branch in the City of Kentwood, a southeast suburb of Grand Rapids, which opened in December of 2002. The land had been purchased by our bank in 2001. The facility is one story and has approximately 10,000 square feet of usable space. The facility is owned by our bank, and has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 4860 Broadmoor Avenue SW, Kentwood, Michigan.

During 2003 our bank designed and constructed a full service branch in the northeast quadrant of the City of Grand Rapids. The land had been purchased by our bank in 2002. The facility is one story and has approximately 3,500 square feet of usable space. The facility is owned by our bank, and has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 3156 Knapp Street NE, Grand Rapids, Michigan.

During 2003 our bank designed and started construction of a new two-story facility located in Holland, Michigan. This facility, which was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004, serves as a full service banking center for the Holland area, including commercial lending, retail lending and a full service branch. The facility consists of approximately 30,000 square feet of usable space and contains multiple drive-through lanes with ample parking. The address of this facility is 880 East 16th Street, Holland, Michigan.

During 2005 our bank opened a branch facility in the City of East Lansing, Michigan. The facility is one story and has approximately 7,500 square feet of usable space. The facility is operated under a lease agreement between our bank and a third party. There is ample parking space, but no drive-through lanes. The address of this facility is 1651 West Lake Lansing Road, East Lansing, Michigan.

During 2005 our bank opened a branch facility in the City of Ann Arbor, Michigan. The facility is one story and has approximately 10,000 square feet of usable space. The facility is operated under a lease agreement between our bank and a third party. There is ample parking space, but no drive-through lanes. The address of this facility is 325 Eisenhower Parkway, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to our business. In the opinion of management, we are not a party to any legal proceedings that are material to our financial condition, either individually or in the aggregate.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None

15.


PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MBWM". At February 10, 2006, there were 301 record holders of our common stock. In addition, we estimate that there were approximately 3,000 beneficial owners of our common stock who own their shares through brokers or banks.

The following table shows the high and low bid prices for our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market for the periods indicated, and the quarterly cash dividends paid by us during those periods. The prices do not include retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, but have been adjusted for the 5% stock dividends paid on August 1, 2005 and May 3, 2004.

                    HIGH      LOW    DIVIDEND
                   ------   ------   --------
2005
First Quarter...   $43.35   $36.29     $0.10
Second Quarter..    43.63    37.13      0.11
Third Quarter...    46.40    39.90      0.11
Fourth Quarter..    42.90    37.40      0.11

2004
First Quarter...   $36.83   $31.32     $0.09
Second Quarter..    35.42    29.97      0.09
Third Quarter...    34.25    31.18      0.09
Fourth Quarter..    41.80    32.78      0.09

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends that the Board of Directors may declare from time to time. We may only pay dividends out of funds that are legally available for that purpose. We are a holding company and substantially all of our assets are held by our subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends primarily on our bank's ability to pay dividends to us. Dividend payments and extensions of credit to us from our bank are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by law and regulatory agencies with authority over our bank. The ability of our bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. In addition, under the terms of our subordinated debentures, we would be precluded from paying dividends on our common stock if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the subordinated debentures, or if we exercised our right to defer payments of interest on the subordinated debentures, until the deferral ended.

On January 10, 2006, we declared a $0.12 per share cash dividend on our common stock, payable on March 10, 2006, to record holders as of February 10, 2006. We currently expect to continue to pay a quarterly cash dividend, although there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so.

On October 10, 2005, we issued 2,000 shares of our common stock to one of our employees upon their exercise of employee stock options issued under our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan. We received a weighted average exercise price of $9.207 per share aggregating $18,414. The exercise price for these shares was substantially paid by the employee delivering to us common stock of the company that he already owned having an aggregate value of $18,391, with the difference paid in cash. The shares issued under the 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan were issued in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 based on Section 4(2) of that Act, and Regulation D issued under that Act.

16.


Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

                                               (c) Total Number of
                  (a) Total                    Shares Purchased as    (d) Maximum Number of
                  Number of     (b) Average      Part of Publicly    Shares that May Yet Be
                    Shares    Price Paid Per    Announced Plans or     Purchased Under the
Period            Purchased        Share             Programs           Plans or Programs
------            ---------   --------------   -------------------   ----------------------
October 1 - 31       455          $40.42                0                       0
November 1 - 30        0             N/A                0                       0
December 1 - 31        0             N/A                0                       0
                     ---          ------              ---                     ---
Total                455          $40.42                0                       0
                     ===          ======              ===                     ===

The shares shown in column (a) above as having been purchased were acquired from one of our employees when he used shares of common stock that he already owned to pay part of the exercise price when exercising stock options issued under one of our employee stock option plans.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The Selected Financial Data on page F-3 in this Annual Report is incorporated here by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

Management's Discussion and Analysis on pages F-4 through F-26 in this Annual Report is incorporated here by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information under the heading "Market Risk Analysis" on pages F-23 through F-26 in this Annual Report is incorporated here by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on pages F-27 through F-58 in this Annual Report are incorporated here by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

17.


ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of December 31, 2005, an evaluation was performed under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2005. There have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2005, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005. Our management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Crowe Chizek and Company LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in this Annual Report.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information presented under the captions "Information about Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Compliance" in the definitive Proxy Statement of Mercantile for its April 27, 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the "Proxy Statement"), a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission before the meeting date, is incorporated here by reference.

We have a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The members of the Audit Committee consist of Betty S. Burton, David M. Cassard, C. John Gill, David M. Hecht, Calvin D. Murdock and Merle J. Prins. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Cassard, a member of the Audit Committee, is qualified as an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Mr. Cassard is independent, as independence for audit committee members is defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics is posted on our website (www.mercbank.com). We intend to post amendments to or waivers from our Code of Ethics, of the type referred to in Item 5.05 of Form 8-K, to the extent applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions, on our website.

18.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information presented under the captions "Director Compensation," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," "Summary Compensation Table," "Option Grants in 2005," "Aggregated Stock Option Exercises in 2005 and Year End Option Values" and "Employment Agreements", in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information presented under the caption "Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.

The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2005, relating to compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

                                                                                                    Number of securities remaining
                                                                                                    available for future issuance
                          Number of securities to be issued   Weighted average exercise price of   under equity compensation plans
                             upon exercise of outstanding      outstanding options, warrants and   (excluding securities reflected
Plan Category                options, warrants and rights                   rights                          in column (a))
-----------------------   ---------------------------------   ----------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                         (a)                                  (b)                                (c)
Equity compensation
   plans approved by
   security holders (1)                300,443                              $ 22.93                            231,791
Equity compensation
   plans not approved
   by security holders                       0                                    0                                  0
Total                                  300,443                              $ 22.93                            231,791

(1) These plans are Mercantile's 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan and Independent Director Stock Option Plan.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information presented under the caption "Certain Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information presented under the caption "Fees to Independent Auditors for 2005 and 2004" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.

19.


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements. The following financial statements and reports of independent registered public accounting firm of Mercantile Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this report:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated February 23, 2006

Consolidated Balance Sheets --- December 31, 2005 and 2004

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The financial statements, the notes to financial statements, and the reports of independent registered public accounting firm listed above are incorporated by reference in Item 8 of this report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Not applicable

(b) Exhibits:

EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
    3.1       Our Articles of Incorporation are incorporated by reference to
              exhibit 3.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004

    3.2       Our Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of January 16, 2003 are
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 of our Registration
              Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-103376) that became
              effective on February 21, 2003

    10.1      Our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference
              to exhibit 10.1 of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2
              (Commission File No. 333-33081) that became effective on October
              23, 1997 *

    10.2      Our 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference
              to exhibit 10.14 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
              2000 *

    10.3      Our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference
              to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
              30, 2004 *

    10.4      Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the 2004 Employee
              Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of
              our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *

    10.5      Our Independent Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by
              reference to exhibit 10.26 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2002 *

20.


EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
    10.6      Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the Independent
              Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit
              10.1 of our Form 8-K dated October 21, 2004 *

    10.7      Nonlender Bonus Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3
              of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *

    10.8      Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for
              Members of the Board of Directors (1999) is incorporated by
              reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement of the
              company and our trust on Form SB-2 (Commission File Nos. 333-84313
              and 333-84313-01) that became effective on September 13, 1999 *

    10.9      Agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated
              September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3
              of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Commission File No.
              333-33081) that became effective on October 23, 1997

   10.10      Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv
              Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated May 12, 2000 extending the
              agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated
              September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15
              of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000

   10.11      Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv
              Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated November 22, 2002 extending the
              agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated
              September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5
              of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002

   10.12      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18,
              2001, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2001 *

   10.13      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18,
              2001, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2001 *

   10.14      Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the
              company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by
              reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2001 *

   10.15      Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the
              company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is incorporated by
              reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2001 *

   10.16      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2002 *

   10.17      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is incorporated
              by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2002 *

21.


EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
   10.18      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2002 *

   10.19      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2002 *

   10.20      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 28, 2004,
              among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2004 *

   10.21      Agreement between our real estate company and Visser Brothers,
              Inc. dated November 20, 2003, on Standard Form of Agreement
              Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a
              stipulated sum is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of
              our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003

   10.22      Junior Subordinated Indenture between us and Wilmington Trust
              Company dated September 16, 2004 providing for the issuance of the
              Series A and Series B Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due
              2034 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K
              dated December 15, 2004

   10.23      Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated September 16, 2004 for
              Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I is incorporated by reference to
              exhibit 10.2 of our Form 8-K dated December 15, 2004

   10.24      Placement Agreement between us, Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I,
              and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. dated September 16, 2004 is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of our Form 8-K dated
              December 15, 2004

   10.25      Guarantee Agreement dated September 16, 2004 between Mercantile as
              Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company as Guarantee Trustee is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of our Form 8-K dated
              December 15, 2004

   10.26      Non-Lender Bonus Plan 2006, is incorporated by reference to
              exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005 *

   10.27      Form of Agreement Amending Stock Option Agreement, dated November
              17, 2005 issued under our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan, is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K dated
              December 12, 2005 *

   10.28      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. *

   10.29      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price *

   10.30      Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr. *

   10.31      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas *

22.


EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
   10.32      Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred
              Compensation Agreement, that has been entered into between our
              bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert
              B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers
              of our bank *

   10.33      Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Split Dollar Agreement that
              has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R.
              Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles
              E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank *

   10.34      Director Fee Summary *

   10.35      Lease Agreement between our bank and Joe D. Pentecost Trust dated
              April 29, 2005 for our East Lansing, Michigan office

   10.36      Lease Agreement between our bank and The Conlin Company dated July
              12, 2005 for our Ann Arbor, Michigan office

     21       Subsidiaries of the company

     23       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     31       Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications

    32.1      Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification

    32.2      Section 1350 Chief Financial Officer Certification

* Management contract or compensatory plan

(c) Financial Statements Not Included In Annual Report

Not applicable

23.


MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

F-1

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA..................................................   F-3

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS.....................................   F-4

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.................   F-27

REPORT BY MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION'S MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL
   CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING......................................   F-29

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS...........................................   F-30

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME.....................................   F-31

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY............   F-32

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS.................................   F-34

   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................   F-35

F-2

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                                                                   2005         2004         2003        2002       2001
                                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------
                                                                           (In thousands except per share data)
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

Interest income                                                 $  102,130   $   69,022   $   54,658   $ 47,632   $ 44,619
Interest expense                                                    46,838       26,595       23,395     24,026     28,249
                                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------
Net interest income                                                 55,292       42,427       31,263     23,606     16,370
Provision for loan and lease losses                                  3,790        4,674        3,800      3,002      2,370
Noninterest income                                                   5,661        4,302        4,409      3,101      1,927
Noninterest expense                                                 31,117       23,198       18,071     12,781      9,454
                                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------
Income before income tax expense                                    26,046       18,857       13,801     10,924      6,473
Income tax expense                                                   8,145        5,136        3,785      3,167      1,990
                                                                ----------   ----------   ----------   --------   --------
Net income                                                      $   17,901   $   13,721   $   10,016   $  7,757   $  4,483
                                                                ==========   ==========   ==========   ========   ========

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Total assets                                                    $1,838,210   $1,536,119   $1,203,337   $922,360   $699,187
Cash and cash equivalents                                           36,753       20,811       16,564     28,117     19,938
Securities                                                         181,614      152,965      121,510     96,893     78,818
Loans and leases, net of deferred fees                           1,561,812    1,317,124    1,035,963    771,554    587,248
Allowance for loan and lease losses                                 20,527       17,819       14,379     10,890      8,494
Bank owned life insurance policies                                  28,071       23,750       16,441     14,876      3,991

Deposits                                                         1,419,352    1,159,181      902,892    754,113    569,077
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                      72,201       56,317       49,545     50,335     36,485
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                    130,000      120,000       90,000     15,000          0
Subordinated debentures                                             32,990       32,990       16,495     16,495     16,495
Shareholders' equity                                               155,125      141,617      130,201     79,834     71,463

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL RATIOS:

Return on average assets                                              1.05%        0.99%        0.96%      0.97%      0.74%
Return on average shareholders' equity                               12.05%       10.16%       10.61%     10.30%      9.05%
Average shareholders' equity to average assets                        8.73%        9.79%        9.00%      9.45%      8.21%

Nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases              0.26%        0.22%        0.17%      0.10%      0.24%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases         1.31%        1.35%        1.39%      1.41%      1.45%

Tier 1 leverage capital                                              10.45%       11.53%       12.49%     10.72%     13.00%
Tier 1 leverage risk-based capital                                   10.82%       11.82%       12.60%     10.85%     13.00%
Total risk-based capital                                             12.00%       13.03%       13.84%     12.10%     14.25%

PER SHARE DATA:

Net Income:
   Basic                                                        $     2.36   $     1.82   $     1.57   $   1.29   $   1.01
   Diluted                                                            2.31         1.78         1.53       1.28       1.00

Book value at end of period                                          20.44        18.71        17.26      13.33      11.93
Dividends declared                                                    0.43         0.36         0.32         NA         NA
Dividend payout ratio                                                17.79%       18.60%       18.41%        NA         NA

NA - Not Applicable

F-3

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The following discussion and other portions of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that are based on management's beliefs, assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections about the financial services industry, the economy, and about our company. Words such as "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "forecasts," "intends," "is likely," "plans," "projects," and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions ("Future Factors") that are difficult to predict with regard to timing, extent, likelihood and degree of occurrence. Therefore, actual results and outcomes may materially differ from what may be expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update, amend, or clarify forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events (whether anticipated or unanticipated), or otherwise.

Future Factors include changes in interest rates and interest rate relationships; demand for products and services; the degree of competition by traditional and non-traditional competitors; changes in banking regulation; changes in tax laws; changes in prices, levies, and assessments; the impact of technological advances; governmental and regulatory policy changes; the outcomes of contingencies; trends in customer behavior as well as their ability to repay loans; changes in the national and local economies; and other risk factors described in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These are representative of the Future Factors that could cause a difference between an ultimate actual outcome and a preceding forward-looking statement.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on Mercantile Bank Corporation's consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and actual results could differ from those estimates.

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses identified and inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. Our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate based on reviews of individual loans, assessments of the impact of current and anticipated economic conditions on the portfolio, and historical loss experience. The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management's best estimate, but significant downturns in circumstances relating to loan and lease quality or economic conditions could result in a requirement for an increased allowance for loan and lease losses in the near future. Likewise, an upturn in loan and lease quality or improved economic conditions may result in a decline in the required allowance for loan and lease losses. In either instance, unanticipated changes could have a significant impact on operating earnings.

The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased through a provision charged to operating expense. Uncollectible loans and leases are charged-off through the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged-off are added to the allowance for loan and lease losses. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that contractual interest and principal payments will not be collected either for the amounts or by the dates as scheduled in the loan agreement. Our policy for recognizing income on impaired loans is to accrue interest unless a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

F-4

INTRODUCTION

This Management's Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements contained herein. This discussion provides information about the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Mercantile Bank Corporation and its consolidated subsidiary, Mercantile Bank of Michigan ("our bank"), and of Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC ("our mortgage company"), Mercantile BIDCO, Inc. ("our BIDCO"), Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., L.L.C. ("our real estate company") and Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc. ("our insurance company"), which are subsidiaries of our bank. Unless the text clearly suggests otherwise, references to "us," "we," "our," or "the company" include Mercantile Bank Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries referred to above.

We were incorporated on July 15, 1997 as a bank holding company to establish and own our bank. Our bank, after receiving all necessary regulatory approvals, began operations on December 15, 1997. Our bank has a strong commitment to community banking and offers a wide range of financial products and services, primarily to small- to medium-sized businesses, as well as individuals. Our bank's lending strategy focuses on commercial lending, and, to a lesser extent, residential mortgage and consumer lending. Our bank also offers a broad array of deposit products, including checking, savings, money market, and certificates of deposit, as well as security repurchase agreements. Our primary markets are the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing and Ann Arbor metropolitan areas. Our bank utilizes certificates of deposit from customers located outside of the primary market area to assist in funding the rapid asset growth our bank has experienced since inception.

Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I ("the Mercantile trust"), a business trust formed by the company, was incorporated in 2004 for the purpose of issuing Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. On September 16, 2004, the Mercantile trust sold the Series A Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series A Common Securities to Mercantile Bank Corporation. The proceeds of the Series A Preferred Securities and the Series A Common Securities were used by the Mercantile trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series A Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile Bank Corporation on September 16, 2004. Mercantile Bank Corporation used the proceeds of the Series A Floating Rate Notes to finance the redemption on September 17, 2004 of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by MBWM Capital Trust I. On December 10, 2004, the Mercantile trust sold the Series B Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series B Common Securities to Mercantile Bank Corporation. The proceeds of the Series B Preferred Securities and the Series B Common Securities were used by the Mercantile trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series B Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile Bank Corporation on December 10, 2004. Substantially all of the net proceeds of the Series B Floating Rate Notes were contributed to our bank as capital to provide support for asset growth, fund investments in loans and securities and for general corporate purposes.

The only significant assets of the Mercantile trust are the Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes, and the only significant liabilities of the Mercantile trust are the Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. The Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes are categorized on the company's consolidated balance sheet as subordinated debentures and the interest expense is recorded on the company's consolidated statement of income under interest expense on long-term borrowings.

Our mortgage company's predecessor, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, was formed to increase the profitability and efficiency of the company's mortgage loan operations. Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company initiated business on October 24, 2000 from our bank's contribution of most of its residential mortgage loan portfolio and participation interests in certain commercial mortgage loans. On the same date, our bank had also transferred its residential mortgage origination function to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On January 1, 2004, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a limited liability company. Mortgage loans originated and held by our mortgage company are serviced by our bank pursuant to a servicing agreement.

F-5

On February 7, 2002 our BIDCO was granted a license by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services to operate as a Michigan Business and Industrial Development Company. Our BIDCO, a non-depository Michigan financial institution, offered equipment lease financing, asset based loans, junior debt facilities and other financing where equity features may be part of the facility pricing. In 2005, we decided to terminate our BIDCO, and dissolved it in December of 2005. The assets of the BIDCO, primarily comprised of two commercial loan relationships, were transferred to our bank.

Our insurance company acquired, at nominal cost, an existing shelf insurance agency effective April 15, 2002. An Agency and Institution Agreement was entered into among our insurance company, our bank and Hub International for the purpose of providing programs of mass marketed personal lines of insurance. Insurance product offerings include private passenger automobile, homeowners, personal inland marine, boat owners, recreational vehicle, dwelling fire, umbrella policies, small business and life insurance products, all of which are provided by and written through companies that have appointed Hub International as their agent.

Our real estate company was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct and own our new facility in downtown Grand Rapids which serves as our bank's new main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation's headquarters. Construction was completed during the second quarter of 2005.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

We continued to experience significant asset growth during 2005. Assets increased from $1,536.1 million on December 31, 2004 to $1,838.2 million on December 31, 2005. This represents an increase in total assets of $302.1 million, or 19.7%. The increase in total assets was primarily comprised of a $242.0 million increase in net loans and leases and a $28.6 million increase in securities. The increase in assets was primarily funded by a $260.2 million increase in deposits, a $15.9 million increase in repurchase agreements and a $13.5 million increase in shareholders' equity.

EARNING ASSETS

Average earning assets equaled 94.8% of average total assets during 2005, compared to 95.3% during 2004. Although we experienced significant asset growth during 2005, the asset composition remained relatively constant. The loan portfolio continued to comprise a majority of earning assets, followed by securities and federal funds sold.

Our loan and lease portfolio, which equaled 88.8% of average earning assets during 2005, is primarily comprised of commercial loans and leases. Constituting over 91% of loans and leases and growing by $238.8 million during 2005, the commercial loan and lease portfolio represents loans to businesses generally located within our market areas. Approximately 68% of the commercial loan and lease portfolio is primarily secured by real estate properties, with the remaining generally secured by other business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, and equipment. The continued significant concentration of the loan and lease portfolio in commercial loans and leases and the rapid growth of this portion of our lending business are consistent with our strategy of focusing a substantial amount of our efforts on "wholesale" banking. Corporate and business lending continues to be an area of expertise for our senior management team, and our commercial lenders have extensive commercial lending experience, with most having at least ten years experience. Of each of the loan categories that we originate, commercial loans and leases are most efficiently originated and managed, thus limiting overhead costs by necessitating the attention of fewer full-time employees. Our commercial lending business generates the greatest amount of local deposits and is virtually our only source of significant demand deposits.

Residential mortgage and consumer lending, while equaling less than 9% of total loans and leases during 2005, also experienced strong growth; however, while we expect the residential mortgage loan and consumer loan portfolios to increase in future periods, given our wholesale banking strategy, the commercial sector of the lending efforts and resultant assets are expected to remain the dominant loan portfolio category.

F-6

The following tables present the maturity of total loans outstanding, as of December 31, 2005, according to scheduled repayments of principal on fixed rate loans and repricing frequency on variable rate loans. Floating rate loans that are currently at interest rate ceilings are treated as fixed rate loans and are reflected using maturity date and not repricing frequency.

                                              0-1             1-5         After 5
                                             Year            Years         Years           Total
                                        --------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
Construction and land development       $  183,992,000   $ 37,345,000   $ 5,207,000   $  226,544,000
Real estate - secured by 1-4 family
   properties                               65,309,000     49,302,000    13,500,000      128,111,000
Real estate - secured by multi-family
   properties                                4,756,000     25,086,000       272,000       30,114,000
Real estate - secured by
  nonresidential properties                411,197,000    282,490,000    21,276,000      714,963,000
Commercial                                 384,825,000     64,010,000     6,076,000      454,911,000
Leases                                         491,000      1,295,000             0        1,786,000
Consumer                                     1,833,000      3,011,000       539,000        5,383,000
                                        --------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
                                        $1,052,403,000   $462,539,000   $46,870,000   $1,561,812,000
                                        ==============   ============   ===========   ==============
Fixed rate loans                        $   62,898,000   $460,652,000   $46,870,000   $  570,420,000
Floating rate loans                        989,505,000      1,887,000             0      991,392,000
                                        --------------   ------------   -----------   --------------
                                        $1,052,403,000   $462,539,000   $46,870,000   $1,561,812,000
                                        ==============   ============   ===========   ==============

Our credit policies establish guidelines to manage credit risk and asset quality. These guidelines include loan review and early identification of problem loans to provide effective loan portfolio administration. The credit policies and procedures are meant to minimize the risk and uncertainties inherent in lending. In following these policies and procedures, we must rely on estimates, appraisals and evaluations of loans and the possibility that changes in these could occur quickly because of changing economic conditions. Identified problem loans, which exhibit characteristics (financial or otherwise) that could cause the loans to become nonperforming or require restructuring in the future, are included on the internal "Watch List." Senior management reviews this list regularly.

The quality of our loan portfolio remains strong, with past due loans and net loan charge-offs below banking industry averages during 2005. As of December 31, 2005, past due and nonaccrual loans and leases totaled $4.0 million, or 0.26% of total loans and leases. At December 31, 2004, past due and nonaccrual loans totaled $2.8 million, or 0.22% of total loans. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2005 totaled $1.1 million, or 0.08% of average total loans and leases. During 2004 net loan and lease charge-offs totaled $1.2 million, or 0.10% of average total loans and leases. Over 98% of the loan portfolio consists of loans extended directly to companies or individuals doing business and residing within our market areas. The remaining portion is comprised of commercial loans participated with certain unaffiliated commercial banks outside of our market areas, which are underwritten using the same loan criteria as though our bank was the originating bank.

The following table summarizes nonperforming loans and troubled debt restructurings.

                                 December 31,2005   December 31, 2004   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2002   December 31, 2001
                                 ----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
Loans on nonaccrual status          $3,601,000          $2,842,000          $  233,000           $796,000            $382,000
Loans 90 days or more past due
   and accruing interest               394,000                   0           1,552,000                  0                   0
Troubled debt restructurings                 0                   0                   0                  0                   0
                                    ----------          ----------          ----------           --------            --------
   Total                            $3,995,000          $2,842,000          $1,785,000           $796,000            $382,000
                                    ==========          ==========          ==========           ========            ========

F-7

The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the past five years.

                                                   2005              2004              2003            2002            2001
                                             --------------    --------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
Loan and leases outstanding at year-end      $1,561,812,000    $1,317,124,000    $1,035,963,000    $771,554,000    $587,248,000
                                             ==============    ==============    ==============    ============    ============
Daily average balance of loans and leases
   outstanding                               $1,432,609,000    $1,177,568,000    $  887,512,000    $669,781,000    $500,965,000
                                             ==============    ==============    ==============    ============    ============
Balance of allowance at beginning of year    $   17,819,000    $   14,379,000    $   10,890,000    $  8,494,000    $  6,302,000
Loans and leases charged-off:
   Commercial, financial and agricultural          (718,000)       (1,328,000)         (471,000)       (696,000)       (247,000)
   Construction and land development               (521,000)                0                 0               0               0
   Leases                                                 0                 0                 0               0               0
   Residential real estate                         (131,000)          (16,000)          (26,000)              0          (4,000)
   Instalment loans to individuals                  (22,000)          (61,000)          (99,000)        (10,000)         (1,000)
                                             --------------    --------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
      Total loans and leases charged-off         (1,392,000)       (1,405,000)         (596,000)       (706,000)       (252,000)
Recoveries of previously charged-off loans
   and leases:
   Commercial, financial and agricultural           298,000           150,000           257,000          78,000          73,000
   Construction and land development                  2,000                 0                 0               0               0
   Leases                                                 0                 0                 0               0               0
   Residential real estate                            6,000                 0            22,000           4,000               0
   Instalment loans to individuals                    4,000            21,000             6,000          18,000           1,000
                                             --------------    --------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
      Total recoveries                              310,000           171,000           285,000         100,000          74,000
                                             --------------    --------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
      Net charge-offs                            (1,082,000)       (1,234,000)         (311,000)       (606,000)       (178,000)
Provision for loan and leases losses              3,790,000         4,674,000         3,800,000       3,002,000       2,370,000
                                             --------------    --------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
Balance of allowance at year-end             $   20,527,000    $   17,819,000    $   14,379,000    $ 10,890,000    $  8,494,000
                                             ==============    ==============    ==============    ============    ============
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period
   to average loans and leases outstanding
   during the period                                  (0.08%)           (0.10%)           (0.04%)         (0.09%)         (0.04%)
                                             ==============    ==============    ==============    ============    ============
Ratio of allowance to loans and leases
   outstanding at end of the period                    1.31%             1.35%             1.39%           1.41%           1.45%
                                             ==============    ==============    ==============    ============    ============

In each accounting period the allowance for loan and lease losses ("allowance") is adjusted to the amount believed necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, although not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Loan Loss Reserve Analysis ("Reserve Analysis"), composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the rapid commercial loan and lease growth is taken into account.

The Reserve Analysis, used since the inception of our bank and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our loan rating paradigm that is administered by our loan review function. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific loan relationships, including impaired loans, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the experience of senior management making similar loans for almost 20 years. The Reserve Analysis is reviewed regularly by senior management and the Board of Directors and is adjusted periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.

F-8

The following table illustrates the breakdown of the allowance balance to loan type (dollars in thousands) and of the total loan and lease portfolio (in percentages).

                          December 31, 2005   December 31, 2004   December 31, 2003   December 31, 2002  December 31, 2001
                         ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -----------------
                                     Loan                Loan                Loan                Loan               Loan
                          Amount  Portfolio   Amount  Portfolio   Amount  Portfolio   Amount  Portfolio  Amount  Portfolio
                         -------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  -------  ---------  ------  ---------
Commercial, financial
   and agricultural      $16,507     76.9%   $15,457     79.8%   $12,220     79.0%   $ 9,188     77.9%   $7,172     81.0%
Construction and land
   development             2,868     14.5      1,581     10.3      1,571     11.4      1,143     13.5       785     10.7
Leases                        30      0.1         39      0.2         26      0.2         11      0.1         0       NA
Residential real estate    1,020      8.2        557      9.3        450      8.9        443      7.9       453      7.2
Instalment loans to
   individuals               102      0.3        185      0.4        112      0.5        105      0.6        84      1.1
Unallocated                    0       NA          0       NA          0       NA          0       NA         0       NA
                         -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----    -------    -----    ------    -----
   Total                 $20,527    100.0%   $17,819    100.0%   $14,379    100.0%   $10,890    100.0%   $8,494    100.0%
                         =======    =====    =======    =====    =======    =====    =======    =====    ======    =====

The primary risk elements with respect to commercial loans and leases are the financial condition of the borrower, the sufficiency of collateral, and lack of timely payment. We have a policy of requesting and reviewing periodic financial statements from commercial loan and lease customers, and we periodically review the existence of collateral and its value. The primary risk element with respect to each instalment and residential real estate loan is lack of timely payment. We have a reporting system that monitors past due loans and have adopted policies to pursue creditor's rights in order to preserve our bank's position.

Although we believe that the allowance is adequate to sustain losses as they arise, there can be no assurance that our bank will not sustain losses in any given period that could be substantial in relation to, or greater than, the size of the allowance.

The securities portfolio also experienced significant growth during 2005, increasing from $153.0 million on December 31, 2004 to $181.6 million at December 31, 2005. During 2005, the securities portfolio equaled 10.7% of average earning assets. We maintain the portfolio at levels to provide adequate pledging for the repurchase agreement program and secondary liquidity for our daily operations. In addition, the portfolio serves a primary interest rate risk management function. At December 31, 2005, the portfolio was comprised of high credit quality U.S. Government Agency issued bonds (35%), municipal general obligation and revenue bonds (33%), U.S. Government Agency issued and guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (27%), Federal Home Loan Bank stock (4%) and a mutual fund (1%).

F-9

The following table reflects the composition of the securities portfolio.

                                    December 31, 2005           December 31, 2004           December 31, 2003
                                -------------------------   -------------------------   -------------------------
                                  Carrying                    Carrying                    Carrying
                                    Value      Percentage       Value      Percentage       Value      Percentage
                                ------------   ----------   ------------   ----------   ------------   ----------
U.S. Government agency debt
   obligations                  $ 63,712,000      36.7%     $ 56,025,000      38.3%     $ 34,078,000      29.2%
Mortgage-backed securities        48,237,000      27.7        37,801,000      25.9        37,343,000      32.1
Municipal general obligations     53,685,000      30.9        45,063,000      30.8        38,594,000      33.1
Municipal revenue bonds            7,081,000       4.1         7,278,000       5.0         6,518,000       5.6
Mutual fund                        1,012,000       0.6                 0        NA                 0        NA
                                ------------     -----      ------------     -----      ------------     -----
   Total                        $173,727,000     100.0%     $146,167,000     100.0%     $116,533,000     100.0%
                                ============     =====      ============     =====      ============     =====

All securities, with the exception of tax-exempt municipal bonds, have been designated as "available for sale" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board Standard (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. Securities designated as available for sale are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax, reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity in accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair value of securities designated as available for sale at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $113.0 million and $93.8 million, respectively. The net unrealized loss recorded at December 31, 2005 was $2.2 million, while the net unrealized gain recorded at December 31, 2004 was $0.2 million. All tax-exempt municipal bonds have been designated as "held to maturity" as defined in SFAS No. 115, and are stated at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, held to maturity securities had an amortized cost of $60.8 million and $52.3 million and a fair value of $62.9 million and $54.6 million, respectively.

The following table shows by class of maturities as of December 31, 2005, the amounts and weighted average yields of investment securities (1):

                                                     Carrying     Average
                                                       Value       Yield
                                                   ------------   -------
                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S.
   Government agencies and corporations
   One year or less                                $          0       NA
   Over one through five years                        7,844,000     4.54%
   Over five through ten years                       55,868,000     5.05
   Over ten years                                             0       NA
                                                   ------------     ----
                                                     63,712,000     4.99
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   One year or less                                     906,000     6.88
   Over one through five years                        8,900,000     6.96
   Over five through ten years                       10,957,000     6.39
   Over ten years                                    40,003,000     6.48
                                                   ------------     ----
                                                     60,766,000     6.54
Mortgage-backed securities                           48,237,000     4.92
Mutual fund                                           1,012,000     4.01
                                                   ------------     ----
                                                   $173,727,000     5.51%
                                                   ============     ====

(1) Yields on tax-exempt securities are computed on a fully taxable-equivalent basis.

F-10

Federal funds sold, consisting of excess funds sold overnight to correspondent banks, are used to manage daily liquidity needs and interest rate sensitivity. During 2005, the average balance of these funds equaled 0.5% of average earning assets. This level is well within our internal policy guidelines and is not expected to change significantly in the near future.

Cash and due from bank balances increased from $20.7 million at December 31, 2004, to $36.2 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $15.5 million. The increase was primarily the result of larger amounts of deposits made by our deposit customers on the last business day of 2005 when compared to the last business day of 2004. Our commercial lending and wholesale funding focus results in relatively large day-to-day fluctuations of our cash and due from bank balances; however, relative to our asset size the average balances are generally stable. Cash and due from bank balances averaged $36.8 million, or 2.3% of average assets during 2005, compared to $31.6 million, or 2.4% of average assets, during 2004.

Net premises and equipment increased from $24.6 million at December 31, 2004, to $30.2 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $5.6 million. The increase primarily reflects the construction costs associated with our new main office facility in downtown Grand Rapids. Construction was completed during the second quarter of 2005.

SOURCE OF FUNDS

Our major sources of funds are from deposits, repurchase agreements and Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances. Total deposits increased from $1,159.2 million at December 31, 2004, to $1,419.4 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $260.2 million, or 22.4%. Included within these numbers is the success we achieved in generating deposit growth from customers located within our market areas during 2005. Local deposits increased from $388.0 million at December 31, 2004, to $456.5 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $68.5 million, or 17.7%. Despite this success in obtaining funds from local customers, the substantial asset growth has necessitated the continued acquisition of funds from depositors outside of our market areas and FHLB advances. Out-of-area deposits increased from $771.2 million at December 31, 2004, to $962.8 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $191.6 million, or 24.8%. Repurchase agreements increased from $56.3 million at December 31, 2004, to $72.2 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $15.9 million, or 28.2%. FHLB advances increased from $120.0 million at December 31, 2004, to $130.0 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $10.0 million, or 8.3%. At December 31, 2005, local deposits and repurchase agreements equaled 32.6% of total funding liabilities, compared to 33.3% on December 31, 2004.

During 2005 we experienced strong growth in our noninterest-bearing checking deposit accounts. Comprised primarily of business loan customers, noninterest-bearing checking deposit accounts grew $19.1 million, or 18.8%, and equaled 7.2% of average total liabilities during 2005. Interest-bearing checking accounts increased $2.1 million, or 5.7%, and equaled 2.3% of average total liabilities during 2005. Money market deposit accounts decreased $0.2 million, or 1.7%, and equaled 0.6% of average total liabilities during 2005. Business loan customers also comprise the majority of interest-bearing checking and money market deposit accounts, although to a lesser extent than noninterest-bearing checking accounts. Pursuant to Federal law and regulations, incorporated businesses may not own interest-bearing checking accounts and transactions from money market accounts are limited. We anticipate continued overall growth of our check-writing deposit accounts as additional business loans are extended and through the efforts of our branch network and business development activities.

During 2005, savings account balances recorded a decrease of $23.1 million, or 17.9%, and equaled 7.3% of average total liabilities. The decline in savings account balances during 2005 is primarily due to customers opening certificates of deposit with funds from their savings accounts, as rates offered on certificates of deposit have risen at a faster pace than rates offered on savings accounts. Business loan customers also comprise the majority of savings account holders, although to a lesser extent than check-writing accounts. While we anticipate an increase in savings account balances as additional business loans are extended and through the efforts of our branch network and business development activities, the increase may be negatively impacted by potential continued fund transfers to certificate of deposit products.

F-11

Certificates of deposit purchased by customers located within our market areas increased significantly during 2005, growing from $108.7 million at December 31, 2004, to $179.3 million on December 31, 2005, an increase of $70.6 million, or 64.9%. These deposits accounted for 9.0% of average total liabilities during 2005. The growth was primarily attributable to individuals and municipalities, and includes new monies to our bank from existing and new customers as well as transfers from existing savings accounts. The increase in local municipality certificates of deposit has been facilitated by our qualifying for funds from new municipal customers and additional funds from existing customers through a combination of our asset growth and increased profitability as measured by the municipalities' investment policy guidelines, and is a trend that we expect to continue.

During 2005, certificates of deposit obtained from customers located outside of our market areas increased by $191.6 million, and represented 57.7% of average total liabilities. At December 31, 2005, out-of-area deposits totaled $962.8 million. Out-of-area deposits consist primarily of certificates of deposit placed by deposit brokers for a fee, but also include certificates of deposit obtained from the deposit owners directly. The owners of the out-of-area deposits include individuals, businesses and governmental units located throughout the country. Out-of-area deposits are utilized to support our asset growth, and are generally a lower cost source of funds when compared to the interest rates that would have to be offered in the local market to generate a sufficient level of funds. During most of 2005, rates paid on new out-of-area deposits were very similar to rates paid on new certificates of deposit issued to local customers. In addition, the overhead costs associated with the out-of-area deposits are considerably less than the overhead costs that would be incurred to administer a similar level of local deposits. Although local deposits have and are expected to increase as new business, governmental and consumer deposit relationships are established and as existing customers increase the balances in their deposit accounts, the relatively high reliance on out-of-area deposits will likely remain.

Repurchase agreements increased $15.9 million and equaled 3.9% of average total liabilities during 2005. As part of our sweep account program, collected funds from certain business noninterest-bearing checking accounts are invested in overnight interest-bearing repurchase agreements. Although not considered a deposit account and therefore not afforded federal deposit insurance, the repurchase agreements have characteristics very similar to that of an interest-bearing checking deposit account.

FHLB advances increased $10.0 million and equaled 8.4% of average total liabilities during 2005. FHLB advances are collateralized by residential mortgage loans, first mortgage liens on multi-family residential property loans, first mortgage liens on commercial real estate property loans, and substantially all other assets of our bank, under a blanket lien arrangement. Our borrowing line of credit at December 31, 2005 totaled $205.8 million. We first started to use FHLB advances in late 2002, and expect to continue to use this funding source, along with out-of-area certificates of deposit, as part of our wholesale funding program.

Shareholders' equity increased $13.5 million and equaled 8.7% of average assets during 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to net income from operations. Net income from operations totaled $17.9 million during 2005. Negatively impacting shareholders' equity during 2005 was the payment of cash dividends, which totaled $3.2 million. Also negatively impacting shareholders' equity was a $1.5 million mark-to-market adjustment for available for sale securities as defined in SFAS No. 115.

F-12

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 AND 2004

SUMMARY

We recorded strong earnings performance during 2005. Net income was $17.9 million, or $2.36 per basic share and $2.31 per diluted share. This earnings performance compares favorably to net income of $13.7 million, or $1.82 per basic share and $1.78 per diluted share, recorded in 2004. The $4.2 million improvement in net income represents an increase of 30.5%, while diluted earnings per share were up 29.8%. The earnings improvement during 2005 over that of 2004 is primarily attributable to higher net interest income and a lower provision expense, which more than offset an increase in overhead costs.

Net income for 2004 includes an $845,000 ($548,000 after-tax) write-off associated with the unamortized balance of issuance costs related to the redemption of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by MBWM Capital Trust I. Excluding this one-time expense, net income for 2004 was $14.3 million ($1.89 per basic share and $1.85 per diluted share). We believe excluding the impact of the one-time charge from 2004 operating results and performance measures allows a more meaningful comparison of 2005 results to 2004 results; therefore, the following discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 includes both GAAP and non-GAAP facts and figures where appropriate.

The following table shows some of the key performance and equity ratios for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

                                    2005    2004
                                   -----   -----
Return on average total assets      1.05%   0.99%
Return on average equity           12.05   10.16
Dividend payout ratio              17.79   18.60
Average equity to average assets    8.73    9.79

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income, the difference between revenue generated from earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets, is our primary source of earnings. Interest income (adjusted for tax-exempt income) and interest expense totaled $103.2 million and $46.8 million during 2005, respectively, providing for net interest income of $56.4 million. This performance compares favorably to that of 2004 when interest income and interest expense were $70.0 million and $26.6 million, respectively, providing for net interest income of $43.4 million. In comparing 2005 with 2004, interest income increased 47.4%, interest expense was up 76.0% and net interest income increased 30.0%. The level of net interest income is primarily a function of asset size, as the weighted average interest rate received on earning assets is greater than the weighted average interest cost of funding sources; however, factors such as types of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk, common stock sales, liquidity, and customer behavior also impact net interest income as well as the net interest margin. The net interest margin improved from 3.30% in 2004 to 3.50% in 2005, an increase of 6.1%, primarily due to earning assets repricing faster than interest-bearing liabilities during the increasing interest rate environment that existed during virtually all of 2005.

The following table depicts the average balance, interest earned and paid, and weighted average rate of our assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity during 2005, 2004 and 2003 (dollars in thousands). The table also depicts the dollar amount of change in interest income and interest expense of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, segregated between change due to volume and change due to rate. For tax-exempt investment securities, interest income and yield have been computed on a tax equivalent basis using a marginal tax rate of 35%. Securities interest income was increased by $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $0.8 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-13

                                                             Years ended December 31,
                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     2005                               2004                              2003
                       --------------------------------   -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                         Average                Average     Average               Average     Average               Average
                         Balance    Interest      Rate      Balance    Interest     Rate      Balance    Interest     Rate
                       ----------   --------    -------   ----------   --------   -------   ----------   --------   -------
Taxable securities     $  114,097   $  5,588     4.90%    $   82,107    $ 3,935    4.79%    $   64,957    $ 2,978    4.58%
Tax-exempt
   securities              58,005      3,703     6.38         48,322      3,174    6.57         40,695      2,730    6.71
                       ----------   --------              ----------    -------             ----------    -------
   Total securities       172,102      9,291     5.40        130,429      7,109    5.45        105,652      5,708    5.40
Loans and leases        1,432,609     93,666     6.54      1,177,568     62,791    5.33        887,512     49,700    5.60
Short-term
   investments                582         14     2.41            593          4    0.67            369          1    0.27
Federal funds sold          8,156        266     3.26          5,942         75    1.26          5,083         57    1.12
                       ----------   --------              ----------    -------             ----------    -------
   Total earning
      assets            1,613,449    103,237     6.40      1,314,532     69,979    5.32        998,616     55,466    5.55

Allowance for loan
   and lease losses       (19,048)                           (16,203)                          (12,471)
Cash and due from
   banks                   36,827                             31,587                            23,285
Other non-earning
   assets                  70,769                             49,262                            39,767
                       ----------                         ----------                        ----------
   Total assets        $1,701,997                         $1,379,178                        $1,049,197
                       ==========                         ==========                        ==========

Interest-bearing
   demand deposits     $   36,319   $    707     1.95%    $   32,994    $   427    1.29%    $   28,406    $   353    1.24%
Savings deposits          113,945      2,934     2.57        136,214      2,497    1.83         82,754      1,446    1.75
Money market
   accounts                 9,478        211     2.23          8,788        129    1.47          8,488        111    1.31
Time deposits           1,036,457     35,032     3.38        780,867     18,733    2.40        652,200     18,197    2.79
                       ----------   --------              ----------    -------             ----------    -------
   Total interest-
      bearing
      deposits          1,196,199     38,884     3.25        958,863     21,786    2.27        771,848     20,107    2.61

Short-term
   borrowings              66,814      1,795     2.69         55,816        877    1.57         49,480        712    1.44
Federal Home Loan
   Bank advances          131,137      4,200     3.20        112,869      2,471    2.19         46,630        921    1.98
Long-term
   borrowings              35,014      1,959     5.59         18,938      1,461    7.71         17,394      1,655    9.51
                       ----------   --------              ----------    -------             ----------    -------
   Total interest-
      bearing
      liabilities       1,429,164     46,838     3.28      1,146,486     26,595    2.32        885,352     23,395    2.64
                                    --------                            -------                           -------

Demand deposits           111,892                             90,534                            63,150
Other liabilities          12,352                              7,156                             6,329
                       ----------                         ----------                        ----------
   Total liabilities    1,553,408                          1,244,176                           954,831
Average equity            148,589                            135,002                            94,366
                       ----------                         ----------                        ----------
   Total liabilities
      and equity       $1,701,997                         $1,379,178                        $1,049,197
                       ==========                         ==========                        ==========

Net interest income                 $ 56,399                            $43,384                           $32,071
                                    ========                            =======                           =======
Rate spread                                      3.12%                             3.00%                             2.91%
                                                 ====                              ====                              ====
Net interest margin                              3.50%                             3.30%                             3.21%
                                                 ====                              ====                              ====

F-14

                                                                       Years ended December 31,
                                          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       2005 over 2004                            2004 over 2003
                                          ---------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
                                             Total         Volume         Rate         Total         Volume         Rate
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Increase (decrease) in interest income
   Taxable securities                     $ 1,653,000   $ 1,565,000   $    88,000   $   957,000   $   817,000   $   140,000
   Tax exempt securities                      529,000       620,000       (91,000)      444,000       502,000       (58,000)
   Loans                                   30,875,000    15,104,000    15,771,000    13,091,000    15,566,000    (2,475,000)
   Short term investments                      10,000             0        10,000         3,000         1,000         2,000
   Federal funds sold                         191,000        36,000       155,000        18,000        10,000         8,000
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
      Net change in tax-equivalent
         income                            33,258,000    17,325,000    15,933,000    14,513,000    16,896,000    (2,383,000)
Increase (decrease) in interest expense
   Interest-bearing demand deposits           280,000        47,000       233,000        74,000        59,000        15,000
   Savings deposits                           437,000      (456,000)      893,000     1,051,000       977,000        74,000
   Money market accounts                       82,000        11,000        71,000        18,000         4,000        14,000
   Time deposits                           16,299,000     7,246,000     9,053,000       536,000     3,296,000    (2,760,000)
   Short term borrowings                      918,000       199,000       719,000       165,000        96,000        69,000
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances          1,729,000       448,000     1,281,000     1,550,000     1,440,000       110,000
   Long term borrowings                       498,000       983,000      (485,000)     (194,000)      138,000      (332,000)
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------  -----------   -----------
      Net change in interest expense       20,243,000     8,478,000    11,765,000     3,200,000     6,010,000    (2,810,000)
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
         Net change in tax-equivalent
            net interest income           $13,015,000   $ 8,847,000   $ 4,168,000   $11,313,000   $10,886,000   $   427,000
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Interest income is primarily generated from the loan portfolio, and to a lesser degree from securities, federal funds sold and short term investments. Interest income increased $33.3 million during 2005 from that earned in 2004, totaling $103.2 million in 2005 compared to $70.0 million in the previous year. The increase is primarily due to the growth in earning assets and a higher interest rate environment during 2005 when compared to 2004. Reflecting the higher interest rates, the yield on average earning assets increased from 5.32% recorded in 2004 to 6.40% in 2005.

The growth in interest income is primarily attributable to an increase in earning assets and an increase in earning asset yields. During 2005, average earning assets increased $298.9 million, increasing from $1,314.5 million in 2004 to $1,613.4 million during 2005. Growth in average total loans and leases, totaling $255.0 million, comprised 85.3% of the increase in average earning assets during 2005. Interest income generated from the loan and lease portfolio increased $30.9 million during 2005 over the level earned in 2004, comprised of an increase of $15.1 million from the growth in the loan and lease portfolio and an increase of $15.8 million due to the increase in the yield earned on the loan portfolio to 6.54% from 5.33%. The increase in the loan and lease portfolio yield is primarily due to a higher interest rate environment during 2005 than in 2004.

Growth in the securities portfolio, partially offset by a slightly lower yield, also added to the increase in interest income during 2005 over that of 2004. Average securities increased by $41.7 million in 2005, increasing from $130.4 million in 2004 to $172.1 million in 2005. The growth equated to an increase in interest income of $2.2 million, while a decrease in the yield earned on the securities portfolio from 5.45% to 5.40% reduced interest income by $0.1 million. Interest income earned on federal funds sold increased by $0.2 million due to a small increase in the average balance and a higher yield during 2005.

F-15

Interest expense is primarily generated from interest-bearing deposits, and to a lesser degree from repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and subordinated debentures. Interest expense increased $20.2 million during 2005 from that expensed in 2004, totaling $46.8 million in 2005 compared to $26.6 million in the previous year. The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the impact of an increase in interest-bearing liabilities and a higher interest rate environment during 2005 when compared to 2004. Interest-bearing liabilities averaged $1,429.2 million during 2005, or $282.7 million higher than the average interest-bearing liabilities of $1,146.5 million during 2004. This growth resulted in increased interest expense of $8.5 million. An increase in interest expense of $11.7 million was recorded during 2005 primarily due to a higher interest rate environment during 2005 than in 2004. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased from the 2.32% recorded in 2004 to 3.28% in 2005.

Growth in average certificates of deposits, totaling $255.6 million, comprised 90.4% of the increase in average interest-bearing liabilities between 2005 and 2004. Average FHLB advances increased $18.2 million, or 6.4% of the increase in average interest-bearing liabilities in 2005. The certificate of deposit growth during 2005 equated to an increase in interest expense of $7.2 million, with an additional $9.1 million expensed due to the increase in the average rate paid as lower-rate certificates of deposit matured and were either renewed or replaced with higher-costing certificates of deposit during most of 2005. FHLB advance growth during 2005 equated to an increase in interest expense of $0.4 million, with an increased average rate adding an additional $1.3 million to interest expense.

A decline in average savings deposits, totaling $22.3 million, equated to a decrease in interest expense of $0.5 million; however, interest expense of $0.9 million was recorded due to an increase in the average rate paid during 2005. Growth in average interest-bearing checking accounts of $3.3 million equated to a less than $0.1 million increase in interest expense, with an additional $0.2 million of interest expense recorded due to a higher average rate paid during 2005. Average short term borrowings, comprised of repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased, increased $11.0 million during 2005, resulting in increased interest expense of $0.2 million, with an additional interest expense of $0.7 million recorded due to an increase in the average rate paid during 2005.

Growth of $16.1 million in average long-term borrowings, comprised primarily of subordinated debentures but also including deferred director and officer compensation programs, equated to an increase in interest expense of $1.0 million during 2005; however, a decline in the average rate paid on subordinated debentures resulting from the September 2004 refinance, equated to a $0.5 million reduction of interest expense during 2005.

PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

The provision for loan and lease losses totaled $3.8 million during 2005, compared to the $4.7 million expensed during 2004. The decline primarily reflects lower loan and lease growth and a decline in the volume of loan and lease net charge-offs during 2005 when compared to 2004. The allowance as a percentage of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2005 was 1.31%, compared to 1.35% at year-end 2004. Loan and lease growth during 2005 equaled $244.7 million, compared to loan and lease growth of $281.2 million during 2004. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2005 totaled $1.1 million, or 0.08% of average total loans and leases. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2004 totaled $1.2 million, or 0.10% of average total loans and leases.

In each accounting period the allowance for loan and lease losses ("allowance") is adjusted to the amount believed necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, although not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Loan Loss Reserve Analysis ("Reserve Analysis"), composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the rapid commercial loan and lease growth is taken into account.

F-16

The Reserve Analysis, used since the inception of our bank and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our loan rating paradigm that is administered by our loan review function. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific loan relationships, including impaired loans, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the experience of senior management making similar loans for almost 20 years. The Reserve Analysis is reviewed regularly by senior management and the Board of Directors and is adjusted periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.

NONINTEREST INCOME

Noninterest income totaled $5.7 million in 2005, an increase of $1.4 million from the $4.3 million earned in 2004. Deposit and repurchase agreement service charges increased $0.1 million in 2005, primarily reflecting the growth in the number of deposit accounts and modest increases in the deposit fee structure. The cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies increased $0.3 million in 2005, primarily reflecting a higher balance from the purchase of additional policies during the year. Primarily reflecting an increase in volume of activity, residential mortgage banking fees increased $0.2 million during 2005. Other noninterest income includes a gain of $0.7 million which was recognized during 2005 from the sale of state tax credits derived from the construction of the new main office in downtown Grand Rapids.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Noninterest expense during 2005 totaled $31.1 million, an increase of $7.9 million over the $23.2 million expensed in 2004. Noninterest expense during 2004 includes an $845,000 write-off associated with the unamortized balance of issuance costs related to the redemption of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by the MBWM Capital Trust I. Excluding this one-time write-off, noninterest expense during 2004 totaled $22.4 million, with the growth in overhead costs during 2005 equating to $8.7 million.

Of the $8.7 million growth in overhead costs, $4.7 million (54.0%) was in salaries and benefits, which primarily reflects the increase in full-time equivalent employees from 194 at year-end 2004 to 273 at year-end 2005 and annual pay increases. Occupancy, furniture and equipment costs increased $1.6 million (18.4% of total) in 2005, primarily reflecting the opening of our Holland banking office in October of 2004, the opening of our new main office in downtown Grand Rapids during the second quarter of 2005, the opening of our new leased facilities in Lansing and Ann Arbor during the third quarter of 2005 and our increased staffing level.

While the dollar volume of noninterest costs has increased, the growth of net interest income and fee income has increased by a much higher degree. Noninterest costs during 2005 were $8.7 million higher than the level of overhead costs expensed during 2004; however, net interest income and fee income increased a combined $14.2 million during the same time period. Monitoring and controlling our noninterest costs, while at the same time providing high quality service to our customers, is one of our priorities. The efficiency ratio, a banking industry standardized calculation that attempts to reflect the utilization of overhead costs, declined during 2004 but remained well below banking industry averages. Computed by dividing noninterest expenses by net interest income plus noninterest income, the efficiency ratio was 51.1% during 2005, compared to 49.6% during 2004. If the one-time write-off addressed above is excluded from the calculation, our 2004 efficiency ratio improves to 47.8%. The decline in the efficiency ratio is primarily related to the initial overhead costs associated with our expansion into Lansing and Ann Arbor, especially salary and benefit and occupancy expenses.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Federal income tax expense was $8.1 million in 2005, an increase of $3.0 million over the $5.1 million expensed during 2004. The increase during 2005 is primarily due to the growth in our pre-federal income tax profitability and an increase in the effective tax rate, the latter of which reflects a lower level of tax-exempt income as a percent of total income.

F-17

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003

SUMMARY

We recorded strong earnings performance during 2004. Net income was $13.7 million, or $1.82 per basic share and $1.78 per diluted share. This earnings performance compares favorably to net income of $10.0 million, or $1.57 per basic share and $1.53 per diluted share, recorded in 2003. The $3.7 million improvement in net income represents an increase of 37.0%, while diluted earnings per share were up 16.1%, with the difference primarily reflecting the impact of our common stock sale during 2003 and resulting increases in average common shares outstanding during 2004. The earnings improvement during 2004 over that of 2003 is primarily attributable to increased net interest income and improved operating efficiencies resulting from asset growth, strong credit culture and controlled overhead expenses.

Net income for 2004 includes an $845,000 ($548,000 after-tax) write-off associated with the unamortized balance of issuance costs related to the redemption of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by MBWM Capital Trust I. Excluding this one-time expense, net income for 2004 was $14.3 million ($1.89 per basic share and $1.84 per diluted share), which represents a 42.5% increase over net income of $10.0 million ($1.57 per basic share and $1.53 per diluted share) recorded during 2003. We believe excluding the impact of the one-time charge from 2004 operating results and performance measures allows a more meaningful comparison of 2004 results to 2003 results; therefore, the following discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 includes both GAAP and non-GAAP facts and figures where appropriate.

The following table shows some of the key performance and equity ratios for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

                                    2004    2003
                                   -----   -----
Return on average total assets      0.99%   0.96%
Return on average equity           10.16   10.61
Dividend payout ratio              18.60   18.41
Average equity to average assets    9.79    9.00

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income, the difference between revenue generated from earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets, is our primary source of earnings. Interest income (adjusted for tax-exempt income) and interest expense totaled $70.0 million and $26.6 million during 2004, respectively, providing for net interest income of $43.4 million. This performance compares favorably to that of 2003 when interest income and interest expense were $55.5 million and $23.4 million, respectively, providing for net interest income of $32.1 million. In comparing 2004 with 2003, interest income increased 26.2%, interest expense was up 13.7% and net interest income increased 35.3%. The level of net interest income is primarily a function of asset size, as the weighted average interest rate received on earning assets is greater than the weighted average interest cost of funding sources; however, factors such as types of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk, common stock sales, liquidity, and customer behavior also impact net interest income as well as the net interest margin. The net interest margin improved from 3.21% in 2003 to 3.30% in 2004, an increase of 2.8%.

Interest income is primarily generated from the loan portfolio, and to a lesser degree from securities, federal funds sold and short term investments. Interest income increased $14.5 million during 2004 from that earned in 2003, totaling $70.0 million in 2004 compared to $55.5 million in the previous year. The increase is primarily due to the growth in earning assets, which more than offset the impact of a lower interest rate environment during 2004 when compared to 2003. Reflecting the lower interest rates, the yield on average earning assets decreased from 5.55% recorded in 2003 to 5.32% in 2004.

F-18

The growth in interest income is primarily attributable to an increase in earning assets. During 2004, earning assets averaged $1,314.5 million, a level substantially higher than the average earning assets of $998.6 million during 2003. Growth in average total loans and leases, totaling $290.1 million, comprised 91.8% of the increase in average earnings assets during 2004. Interest income generated from the loan and lease portfolio increased $13.1 million during 2004 over the level earned in 2003, comprised of an increase of $15.6 million from the growth in the loan and lease portfolio which was partially offset by a decrease of $2.5 million due to the decline in the yield earned on the loan portfolio to 5.33% from 5.60%. The decline in the loan and lease portfolio yield is primarily due to lower market interest rates during 2004 than in 2003, and a higher percentage of loans and leases at the lower floating rate pricing arrangement versus a higher fixed interest rate arrangement.

Growth in the securities portfolio, combined with a slight increase in yield, also added to the increase in interest income during 2004 over that of 2003. Average securities increased by $24.7 million in 2004, increasing from $105.7 million in 2003 to $130.4 million in 2004. The growth equated to an increase in interest income of $1.3 million, while an increase in the yield earned on the securities portfolio from 5.40% to 5.45% added an additional $0.1 million to interest income. Interest income earned on federal funds sold increased by $18,000 due to a $0.9 million increase in the average balance and a slightly higher yield during 2004.

Interest expense is primarily generated from interest-bearing deposits, and to a lesser degree from repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and subordinated debentures. Interest expense increased $3.2 million during 2004 from that paid in 2003, totaling $26.6 million in 2004 compared to $23.4 million in the previous year. The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the impact of an increase in interest-bearing liabilities during 2004, which was only partially offset by a lower interest rate environment during 2004 when compared to 2003. Interest-bearing liabilities averaged $1,146.5 million during 2004, a level substantially higher than the average interest-bearing liabilities of $885.4 million during 2003. This growth resulted in increased interest expense of $6.0 million. A decrease in interest expense of $2.8 million was recorded during 2004 due to lower interest rates on certificates of deposit and subordinated debentures, which more than offset the impact of higher interest rates on all other interest-bearing liabilities. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased from the 2.64% recorded in 2003 to 2.32% in 2004.

Growth in average certificates of deposits, totaling $128.7 million, comprised 49.3% of the increase in average interest-bearing liabilities between 2004 and 2003. Average FHLB advances increased $66.2 million, or 25.4% of the increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The certificate of deposit growth during 2004 equated to an increase in interest expense of $3.3 million; however, a decrease in interest expense of $2.8 million was recorded due to the decline in the average rate paid as higher-rate certificates of deposit matured and were either renewed or replaced with lower-costing certificates of deposit during most of 2004. FHLB advance growth during 2004 equated to an increase in interest expense of $1.4 million, with an increased average rate adding an additional $0.1 million to interest expense.

Growth in average savings deposits, totaling $53.5 million, equated to an increase in interest expense of $1.0 million, with an additional interest expense of $0.1 million recorded due to an increase in the average rate paid during 2004. Growth in average interest-bearing checking accounts and money market accounts, totaling a combined $4.9 million, equated to an increase in interest expense of $0.1 million, with only a nominal amount of additional interest expense recorded due to a slightly higher average rate paid during 2004. Average short term borrowings, comprised of repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased, increased $6.3 million during 2004, resulting in increased interest expense of $0.1 million, with an additional interest expense of $0.1 million recorded due to an increase in the average rate paid during 2004.

Growth of $1.5 million in average long-term borrowings, comprised primarily of subordinated debentures but also including deferred director and officer compensation programs, equated to an increase in interest expense of $0.1 million during 2004; however, a decline in the average rate paid on subordinated debentures resulting from the September 2004 refinance equated to a $0.3 million reduction of interest expense during 2004.

F-19

PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Primarily reflecting continued loan and lease growth, combined with an increase in net loan and lease losses, the provision for loan and lease losses totaled $4.7 million during 2004, compared to the $3.8 million expensed during 2003. The allowance as a percentage of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2004 was 1.35%, compared to 1.39% at year-end 2003. Loan and lease growth during 2004 equaled $281.2 million, compared to loan and lease growth of $264.4 million during 2003. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2004 totaled $1.2 million, or 0.10% of average total loans and leases. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2003 totaled $0.3 million, or 0.04% of average total loans and leases.

In each accounting period the allowance is adjusted to the amount believed necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, although not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Reserve Analysis, composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the rapid commercial loan and lease growth is taken into account.

The Reserve Analysis, used since the inception of our bank and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our loan rating paradigm that is administered by our loan review function. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific loan relationships, including impaired loans, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the experience of senior management making similar loans for almost 20 years. The Reserve Analysis is reviewed regularly by senior management and the Board of Directors and is adjusted periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.

NONINTEREST INCOME

Noninterest income totaled $4.3 million in 2004, a slight decline from the $4.4 million earned in 2003. Increased fee income on virtually all non-mortgage-related products and services was just shy of offsetting a large decline in residential mortgage-related fee income. Deposit and repurchase agreement service charges increased $0.1 million in 2004 from the amount earned in 2003, primarily reflecting the growth in the number of deposit accounts and modest increases in the deposit fee structure which was partially offset by a lower deposit earnings credit rate during 2004. Fees on commercial letters of credit increased during 2004 when compared to 2003, although the increase generally reflects the change in recognizing the fees that occurred in early 2003 whereby fees had to be recognized into income over the life of the letter of credit instead of immediately upon issuing the letter of credit, rather than an increase in the level of letters of credit outstanding. Reflecting a decrease in volume of refinance activity resulting from a higher interest rate environment, fees earned on referring residential mortgage loan applicants to various third parties totaled $0.4 million in 2004, down from the $1.0 million earned in 2003. Aggregate net gains on the sale of loans and securities during 2004 virtually equaled the level of net gains on the sale of loans and securities during 2003.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Noninterest expense during 2004 totaled $23.2 million, an increase of 28.4% over the $18.1 million expensed in 2003. Of the $5.1 million growth in overhead costs, $2.6 million (51.0%) was in salaries and benefits, which primarily reflects the increase in full-time equivalent employees from 161 at year-end 2003 to 194 at year-end 2004 and annual pay increases. Occupancy, furniture and equipment costs increased $0.3 million (11.9%) in 2004 over that expensed in 2003, primarily reflecting the opening of our Holland banking office in October of 2004 and our increased staffing level.

Noninterest expense during 2004 includes an $845,000 write-off associated with the unamortized balance of issuance costs related to the redemption of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by the MBWM Capital Trust I. Excluding this one-time write-off, noninterest expense during 2004 totaled $22.4 million, an increase of 23.7% over the $18.1 million expensed in 2003.

F-20

While the dollar volume of noninterest costs has increased, the growth of net interest income and fee income has increased by a much higher degree. Noninterest costs during 2004 were $5.1 million higher than the level of overhead costs expensed during 2003; however, net interest income and fee income increased a combined $11.1 million during the same time period. Monitoring and controlling our noninterest costs, while at the same time providing high quality service to our customers, is one of our priorities. The efficiency ratio, a banking industry standardized calculation that attempts to reflect the utilization of overhead costs, reflected improvement during 2004 and remained well below banking industry averages. Computed by dividing noninterest expenses by net interest income plus noninterest income, the efficiency ratio was 49.6% during 2004, compared to 50.7% during 2003. If the one-time write-off addressed above is excluded from the calculation, our 2004 efficiency ratio improves to 47.8%.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Federal income tax expense was $5.1 million in 2004, an increase of $1.4 million, or 35.7% over the $3.8 million expensed during 2003. The increase is primarily due to the growth in our pre-federal income tax profitability. Our effective tax rate in 2004 was 27.2%, compared to 27.4% in 2003.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Shareholders' equity is a noninterest-bearing source of funds that provides support for our asset growth. Shareholders' equity was $155.1 million and $141.6 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The $13.5 million increase during 2005 is primarily attributable to net income from operations. Net income from operations totaled $17.9 million during 2005. Negatively impacting shareholders' equity during 2005 was the payment of cash dividends, which totaled $3.2 million. Also negatively impacting shareholders' equity was a $1.5 million mark-to-market adjustment for available for sale securities as defined in SFAS No. 115.

We and our bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the State of Michigan and federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Our and our bank's capital ratios as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 are disclosed under Note 16 on pages F-54 and F-55 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our ability to pay cash and stock dividends is subject to limitations under various laws and regulations and to prudent and sound banking practices. On July 6, 2005, we declared a 5% common stock dividend, payable on August 1, 2005 to record holders as of July 18, 2005. This represented the fifth straight year we had declared and paid a 5% stock dividend. Also, during 2005, we paid a cash dividend on our common stock each calendar quarter. These cash dividends totaled $0.43 per share for 2005, and $3.2 million in aggregate amount. On January 10, 2006, we declared a $0.12 per common share cash dividend that will be paid on March 10, 2006 to shareholders of record on February 10, 2006.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is measured by our ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowed funds, capital or cash flow from the repayment of loans and investment securities. These funds are used to meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements, fund loans and operate our company. Liquidity is primarily achieved through the growth of deposits (both local and out-of-area) and liquid assets such as securities available for sale, matured securities, and federal funds sold. Asset and liability management is the process of managing the balance sheet to achieve a mix of earning assets and liabilities that maximizes profitability, while providing adequate liquidity.

F-21

Our liquidity strategy is to fund loan growth with deposits, repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds and to maintain an adequate level of short- and medium-term investments to meet typical daily loan and deposit activity. Although net deposit and repurchase agreement growth from depositors located in our market areas increased by $84.4 million, or 19.0%, during 2005, the growth was not sufficient to meet the substantial loan growth of $244.7 million and provide monies for additional investing activities. To assist in providing the additional needed funds, we regularly obtained certificates of deposit from customers outside of our market areas. As of December 31, 2005, out-of-area deposits totaled $962.4 million, or 64.6% of combined deposits and repurchase agreements, an increase in dollar volume from the $771.2 million outstanding, and an increase from the 63.4% level of combined deposits and repurchase agreements, as of December 31, 2004.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, our bank has access to the FHLB advance borrowing programs. As of December 31, 2005, advances totaled $130.0 million, compared to $120.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2004. Our borrowing line of credit at December 31, 2005 totaled $205.8 million, with availability of approximately $64.1 million.

We have the ability to borrow money on a daily basis through correspondent banks using established federal funds purchased lines. During 2005, our federal funds purchased position averaged $6.1 million, compared to an average federal funds sold position of $8.2 million. At December 31, 2005, our established unsecured federal funds purchased lines totaled $62.0 million.

The following table reflects, as of December 31, 2005, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date.

                                     One Year or Less   One to Three Years   Three to Five Years   Over Five Years        Total
                                     ----------------   ------------------   -------------------   ---------------   --------------
Deposits without a stated maturity     $277,211,000        $          0          $         0         $         0     $  277,211,000
Certificates of deposits                787,954,000         312,119,000           42,068,000                   0      1,142,141,000
Short term borrowings                    81,801,000                   0                    0                   0         81,801,000
Federal Home Loan Bank advances         100,000,000          30,000,000                    0                   0        130,000,000
Subordinated debentures                           0                   0                    0          32,990,000         32,990,000
Other borrowed money                              0                   0                    0           2,347,000          2,347,000
Operating leases                            262,000             347,000              225,000                   0            834,000

In addition to normal loan funding and deposit flow, we also need to maintain liquidity to meet the demands of certain unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit. At December 31, 2005, we had a total of $433.0 million in unfunded loan commitments and $59.0 million in unfunded standby letters of credit. Of the total unfunded loan commitments, $349.7 million were commitments available as lines of credit to be drawn at any time as customers' cash needs vary, and $83.3 million were for loan commitments scheduled to close and become funded within the next twelve months. We monitor fluctuations in loan balances and commitment levels, and include such data in our overall liquidity management.

The following table depicts our loan commitments at the end of the past three years.

                                          31-Dec-05      31-Dec-04      31-Dec-03
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
Commercial unused lines of credit       $303,115,000   $226,935,000   $176,943,000
Unused lines of credit secured by 1-4
   family residential properties          27,830,000     24,988,000     19,020,000
Credit card unused lines of credit         7,971,000      8,307,000      8,990,000
Other consumer unused lines of credit     10,791,000      5,155,000      5,569,000
Commitments to make loans                 83,280,000     55,440,000     73,570,000
Standby letters of credit                 59,058,000     56,464,000     57,918,000
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
Total                                   $492,045,000   $377,289,000   $342,010,000
                                        ============   ============   ============

F-22

MARKET RISK ANALYSIS

Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, liquidity risk. All of our transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars with no specific foreign exchange exposure. We have only limited agricultural-related loan assets and therefore have no significant exposure to changes in commodity prices. Any impact that changes in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices would have on interest rates are assumed to be insignificant. Interest rate risk is the exposure of our financial condition to adverse movements in interest rates. We derive our income primarily from the excess of interest collected on interest-earning assets over the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The rates of interest we earn on our assets and owe on our liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Since market interest rates change over time, we are exposed to lower profitability if we cannot adapt to interest rate changes. Accepting interest rate risk can be an important source of profitability and shareholder value; however, excessive levels of interest rate risk could pose a significant threat to our earnings and capital base. Accordingly, effective risk management that maintains interest rate risk at prudent levels is essential to our safety and soundness.

Evaluating the exposure to changes in interest rates includes assessing both the adequacy of the process used to control interest rate risk and the quantitative level of exposure. Our interest rate risk management process seeks to ensure that appropriate policies, procedures, management information systems and internal controls are in place to maintain interest rate risk at prudent levels with consistency and continuity. In evaluating the quantitative level of interest rate risk we assess the existing and potential future effects of changes in interest rates on our financial condition, including capital adequacy, earnings, liquidity and asset quality.

We use two interest rate risk measurement techniques. The first, which is commonly referred to as GAP analysis, measures the difference between the dollar amounts of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities that will be refinanced or repriced during a given time period. A significant repricing gap could result in a negative impact to the net interest margin during periods of changing market interest rates.

F-23

The following table depicts our GAP position as of December 31, 2005 (dollars in thousands).

                                           Within      Three to    One to      After
                                            Three       Twelve      Five        Five
                                           Months       Months      Years      Years       Total
                                         ----------   ---------   --------   ---------  ----------
Assets:
   Commercial loans (1)                  $  947,769   $  37,000   $408,931   $ 32,832   $1,426,532
   Leases                                         6         485      1,295          0        1,786
   Residential real estate loans             61,448       3,861     49,302     13,500      128,111
   Consumer loans                             1,699         134      3,011        539        5,383
   Securities (2)                             8,899       1,007     32,095    139,613      181,614
   Short term investments                       545           0          0          0          545
   Allowance for loan and lease losses            0           0          0    (20,527)     (20,527)
   Other assets                                   0           0          0    114,766      114,766
                                         ----------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
      Total assets                        1,020,366      42,487    494,634    280,723    1,838,210

Liabilities:
   Interest-bearing checking                 39,792           0          0          0       39,792
   Savings                                  106,247           0          0          0      106,247
   Money market accounts                     10,344           0          0          0       10,344
   Time deposits under $100,000              30,475      37,109     36,370          0      103,954
   Time deposits $100,000 and over          255,351     465,018    317,818          0    1,038,187
   Short term borrowings                     81,801           0          0          0       81,801
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances           25,000      75,000     30,000          0      130,000
   Long term borrowings                      35,337           0          0          0       35,337
   Noninterest-bearing checking                   0           0          0    120,828      120,828
   Other liabilities                              0           0          0     16,595       16,595
                                         ----------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
      Total liabilities                     584,347     577,127    384,188    137,423    1,683,085
Shareholders' equity                              0           0          0    155,125      155,125
                                         ----------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
Total sources of funds                      584,347     577,127    384,188    292,548    1,838,210
                                         ----------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
Net asset (liability) GAP                $  436,019   $(534,640)  $110,446   $(11,825)
                                         ==========   =========   ========   ========
Cumulative GAP                           $  436,019   $ (98,621)  $ 11,825
                                         ==========   =========   ========
Percent of cumulative GAP to
   total assets                                23.7%      (5.4%)      0.6%
                                         ==========   =========   ========

(1) Floating rate loans that are currently at interest rate ceilings are treated as fixed rate loans and are reflected using maturity date and not repricing frequency.

(2) Mortgage-backed securities are categorized by expected maturities based upon prepayment trends as of December 31, 2005.

F-24

The following table depicts our GAP position as of December 31, 2004 (dollars in thousands).

                                          Within     Three to    One to      After
                                           Three      Twelve      Five       Five
                                          Months      Months      Years      Years       Total
                                         --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
Assets:
   Commercial loans (1)                  $884,981   $  20,595   $256,722   $ 24,620   $1,186,918
   Leases                                     335          32      2,206          0        2,573
   Residential real estate loans           76,084       2,286     31,274     12,991      122,635
   Consumer loans                           1,578         192      3,174         54        4,998
   Securities (2)                           6,798       1,134     20,547    124,486      152,965
   Short term investments                     149           0          0          0          149
   Allowance for loan and lease losses          0           0          0    (17,819)     (17,819)
   Other assets                                 0           0          0     83,700       83,700
                                         --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
      Total assets                        969,925      24,239    313,923    228,032    1,536,119

Liabilities:
   Interest-bearing checking               37,649           0          0          0       37,649
   Savings                                129,374           0          0          0      129,374
   Money market accounts                   10,528           0          0          0       10,528
   Time deposits under $100,000            27,688      33,846     38,258          0       99,792
   Time deposits $100,000 and over        181,526     365,994    232,576          0      780,096
   Short term borrowings                   71,317           0          0          0       71,317
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances         25,000      50,000     45,000          0      120,000
   Long term borrowings                    34,599           0          0          0       34,599
   Noninterest-bearing checking                 0           0          0    101,742      101,742
   Other liabilities                            0           0          0      9,405        9,405
                                         --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
      Total liabilities                   517,681     449,840    315,834    111,147    1,394,502
Shareholders' equity                                                        141,617      141,617
                                         --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
Total sources of funds                    517,681     449,840    315,834    252,764    1,536,119
                                         --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
Net asset (liability) GAP                $452,244   $(425,601)  $ (1,911)  $(24,732)
                                         ========   =========   ========   ========
Cumulative GAP                           $452,244   $  26,643   $ 24,732
                                         ========   =========   ========
Percent of cumulative GAP to
   total assets                              29.4%        1.7%       1.6%
                                         ========   =========   ========

(1) Floating rate loans that are currently at interest rate floors are treated as fixed rate loans and are reflected using maturity date and not repricing frequency.

(2) Mortgage-backed securities are categorized by expected maturities based upon prepayment trends as of December 31, 2004.

The second interest rate risk measurement used is commonly referred to as net interest income simulation analysis. We believe that this methodology provides a more accurate measurement of interest rate risk than the GAP analysis, and therefore, it serves as our primary interest rate risk measurement technique. The simulation model assesses the direction and magnitude of variations in net interest income resulting from potential changes in market interest rates. Key assumptions in the model include prepayment speeds on various loan and investment assets; cash flows and maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in market conditions impacting loan and deposit volume and pricing. These assumptions are inherently uncertain, subject to fluctuation and revision in a dynamic environment; therefore, the model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or exactly predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and our strategies, among other factors.

F-25

We conducted multiple simulations as of December 31, 2005, in which it was assumed that changes in market interest rates occurred ranging from up 200 basis points to down 200 basis points in equal quarterly instalments over the next twelve months. The following table reflects the suggested impact on net interest income over the next twelve months, which is well within our policy parameters established to manage and monitor interest rate risk.

                                         Dollar Change In     Percent Change In
Interest Rate Scenario                 Net Interest Income   Net Interest Income
----------------------                 -------------------   -------------------
Interest rates down 200 basis points       $(4,952,000)             (8.7)%
Interest rates down 100 basis points        (3,664,000)             (6.4)
No change in interest rates                 (2,385,000)             (4.2)
Interest rates up 100 basis points            (410,000)             (0.7)
Interest rates up 200 basis points           1,551,000               2.7

In addition to changes in interest rates, the level of future net interest income is also dependent on a number of other variables, including: the growth, composition and absolute levels of loans, deposits, and other earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; economic and competitive conditions; potential changes in lending, investing, and deposit gathering strategies; client preferences; and other factors.

F-26

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Mercantile Bank Corporation
Grand Rapids, Michigan

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of Mercantile's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Mercantile Bank Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 23, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

                                        /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

Grand Rapids, Michigan
February 23, 2006

F-27

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Mercantile Bank Corporation
Grand Rapids, Michigan

We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Mercantile Bank Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Mercantile Bank Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management's assessment that Mercantile Bank Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also in our opinion, Mercantile Bank Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Mercantile Bank Corporation and our report dated February 23, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

                                        /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

Grand Rapids, Michigan
February 23, 2006

F-28

February 23, 2006

REPORT BY MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION'S MANAGEMENT
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The system contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management assessed the Company's systems of internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with generally accepted principles as of December 31, 2005. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2005, Mercantile Bank Corporation maintained effective control over financial reporting presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles based on those criteria.

The Company's independent auditors have issued an audit report on our assessment of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Mercantile Bank Corporation

/s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
-------------------------------------
Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Charles E. Christmas
-------------------------------------
Charles E. Christmas
Senior Vice President -
Chief Financial Officer

F-29

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

                                                                     2005             2004
                                                                --------------   --------------
ASSETS
   Cash and due from banks                                      $   36,208,000   $   20,662,000
   Short term investments                                              545,000          149,000
                                                                --------------   --------------
      Total cash and cash equivalents                               36,753,000       20,811,000
   Securities available for sale                                   112,961,000       93,826,000
   Securities held to maturity (fair value of $62,850,000 at
      December 31, 2005 and $54,621,000 at December 31, 2004)       60,766,000       52,341,000
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                      7,887,000        6,798,000
   Total loans and leases                                        1,561,812,000    1,317,124,000
   Allowance for loan and lease losses                             (20,527,000)     (17,819,000)
                                                                --------------   --------------
      Total loans and leases, net                                1,541,285,000    1,299,305,000
   Premises and equipment, net                                      30,206,000       24,572,000
   Bank owned life insurance policies                               28,071,000       23,750,000
   Accrued interest receivable                                       8,274,000        5,644,000
   Other assets                                                     12,007,000        9,072,000
                                                                --------------   --------------
      Total assets                                              $1,838,210,000   $1,536,119,000
                                                                ==============   ==============

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Deposits
      Noninterest-bearing                                       $  120,828,000   $  101,742,000
      Interest-bearing                                           1,298,524,000    1,057,439,000
                                                                --------------   --------------
         Total                                                   1,419,352,000    1,159,181,000
   Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                   72,201,000       56,317,000
   Federal funds purchased                                           9,600,000       15,000,000
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                 130,000,000      120,000,000
   Subordinated debentures                                          32,990,000       32,990,000
   Other borrowed money                                              2,347,000        1,609,000
   Accrued expenses and other liabilities                           16,595,000        9,405,000
                                                                --------------   --------------
         Total liabilities                                       1,683,085,000    1,394,502,000
   Shareholders' equity
      Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000 shares
        authorized, none issued                                              0                0
      Common stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares
        authorized; 7,590,526 and 7,192,461 shares issued
        and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004              148,533,000      131,010,000
      Retained earnings                                              8,000,000       10,475,000
      Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                 (1,408,000)         132,000
                                                                --------------   --------------
      Total shareholders' equity                                   155,125,000      141,617,000
                                                                --------------   --------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                $1,838,210,000   $1,536,119,000
                                                                ==============   ==============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-30

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

                                                                    2005           2004          2003
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
Interest income
   Loans and leases, including fees                             $ 93,666,000   $62,791,000   $49,700,000
   Securities, taxable                                             5,588,000     3,935,000     2,978,000
   Securities, tax-exempt                                          2,596,000     2,217,000     1,922,000
   Federal funds sold                                                266,000        75,000        57,000
   Short-term investments                                             14,000         4,000         1,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
      Total interest income                                      102,130,000    69,022,000    54,658,000
Interest expense
   Deposits                                                       38,884,000    21,786,000    20,107,000
   Short-term borrowings                                           1,795,000       877,000       712,000
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                 4,200,000     2,471,000       921,000
   Long-term borrowings                                            1,959,000     1,461,000     1,655,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
      Total interest expense                                      46,838,000    26,595,000    23,395,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME                                               55,292,000    42,427,000    31,263,000
Provision for loan and lease losses                                3,790,000     4,674,000     3,800,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES     51,502,000    37,753,000    27,463,000
Noninterest income
   Service charges on accounts                                     1,391,000     1,255,000     1,178,000
   Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life
      insurance policies                                             997,000       735,000       780,000
   Letter of credit fees                                             422,000       450,000       189,000
   Residential mortgage banking fees                                 634,000       440,000       987,000
   Gain on sale of commercial loans                                   84,000       225,000             0
   Gain on sale of securities                                              0        78,000       321,000
   Other income                                                    2,133,000     1,119,000       954,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
      Total noninterest income                                     5,661,000     4,302,000     4,409,000
Noninterest expense
   Salaries and benefits                                          18,635,000    13,956,000    11,371,000
   Occupancy                                                       2,641,000     1,588,000     1,386,000
   Furniture and equipment                                         1,667,000     1,093,000     1,009,000
   Data processing                                                 1,186,000       880,000       822,000
   Advertising                                                       554,000       465,000       325,000
   Other expense                                                   6,434,000     5,216,000     3,158,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
      Total noninterest expenses                                  31,117,000    23,198,000    18,071,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE                          26,046,000    18,857,000    13,801,000
Federal income tax expense                                         8,145,000     5,136,000     3,785,000
                                                                ------------   -----------   -----------
NET INCOME                                                      $ 17,901,000   $13,721,000   $10,016,000
                                                                ============   ===========   ===========
Earnings per share:
   Basic                                                        $       2.36   $      1.82   $      1.57
                                                                ============   ===========   ===========
   Diluted                                                      $       2.31   $      1.78   $      1.53
                                                                ============   ===========   ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-31

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

                                                                                   Accumulated Other       Total
                                                        Common        Retained       Comprehensive     Shareholders'
                                                         Stock        Earnings       Income/(Loss)         Equity
                                                     ------------   ------------   -----------------   -------------
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 2003                            $ 75,530,000   $  3,250,000       $1,054,000      $ 79,834,000
Sale of common stock, net of issuance
   costs, 1,515,502 shares                             42,818,000                                        42,818,000
Employee stock purchase plan, 2,072 shares                 57,000                                            57,000
Dividend reinvestment plan, 4,078 shares                  119,000                                           119,000
Stock option exercises, 33,503 shares                     301,000                                           301,000
Stock tendered for stock option
   exercises, 11,436 shares                              (265,000)                                         (265,000)
Cash dividends ($0.32 per share)                                      (1,845,000)                        (1,845,000)
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                         10,016,000                         10,016,000
   Change in net unrealized gain on securities
      available for sale, net of reclassifications
      and tax effect                                                                     (834,000)         (834,000)
                                                                                                       ------------
      Total comprehensive income                                                                          9,182,000
                                                     ------------   ------------     ------------      ------------

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2003                           118,560,000     11,421,000          220,000       130,201,000
Payment of 5% stock dividend                           12,111,000    (12,115,000)                            (4,000)
Employee stock purchase plan, 2,275 shares                 79,000                                            79,000
Dividend reinvestment plan, 3,576 shares                  123,000                                           123,000
Stock option exercises, 54,304 shares                     524,000                                           524,000
Stock tendered for stock option
   exercises, 11,484 shares                              (387,000)                                         (387,000)
Cash dividends ($0.36 per share)                                      (2,552,000)                        (2,552,000)
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                         13,721,000                         13,721,000
   Change in net unrealized gain on securities
      available for sale, net of reclassifications
      and tax effect                                                                      (88,000)          (88,000)
                                                                                                       ------------
      Total comprehensive income                                                                         13,633,000
                                                     ------------   ------------     ------------      ------------

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2004                           131,010,000     10,475,000          132,000       141,617,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-32

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

                                                                            Accumulated Other       Total
                                                 Common        Retained       Comprehensive     Shareholders'
                                                  Stock        Earnings       Income/(Loss)         Equity
                                              ------------   ------------   -----------------   -------------
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2004                    131,010,000     10,475,000          132,000       141,617,000
Payment of 5% stock dividend                    17,187,000    (17,191,000)                            (4,000)
Employee stock purchase plan, 2,373 shares          97,000                                            97,000
Dividend reinvestment plan, 3,904 shares           159,000                                           159,000
Stock option exercises, 39,898 shares              396,000                                           396,000
Stock tendered for stock option
   exercises, 7,660 shares                        (316,000)                                         (316,000)
Cash dividends ($0.43 per share)                               (3,185,000)                        (3,185,000)
Comprehensive income:
   Net income                                                  17,901,000                         17,901,000
   Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on
      securities available for sale, net of
      reclassifications and tax effect                                          (1,540,000)       (1,540,000)
                                                                                                ------------
      Total comprehensive income                                                                  16,361,000
                                              ------------   ------------      -----------      ------------
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2005                   $148,533,000   $  8,000,000      $(1,408,000)     $155,125,000
                                              ============   ============      ===========      ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-33

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

                                                                   2005            2004            2003
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income                                                 $  17,901,000   $  13,721,000   $  10,016,000
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
      to net cash from operating activities
      Depreciation and amortization                               2,555,000       1,699,000       1,948,000
      Provision for loan and lease losses                         3,790,000       4,674,000       3,800,000
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                       (146,000)        (72,000)              0
      Gain on sale of loans                                         (84,000)       (225,000)              0
      Gain on sale of securities                                          0         (78,000)       (321,000)
      Net change in
         Accrued interest receivable                             (2,630,000)     (1,546,000)       (762,000)
         Bank owned life insurance policies                        (997,000)       (735,000)       (780,000)
         Other assets                                            (2,537,000)     (1,478,000)     (1,377,000)
         Accrued expenses and other liabilities                   7,190,000       2,315,000       1,083,000
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
            Net cash from operating activities                   25,042,000      18,275,000      13,607,000

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Purchases of:
      Securities available for sale                             (38,217,000)    (54,718,000)    (58,388,000)
      Securities held to maturity                               (10,065,000)     (8,521,000)    (10,126,000)
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                 (943,000)     (1,749,000)     (4,191,000)
   Proceeds from:
      Sales of securities available for sale                              0       1,748,000      15,983,000
      Maturities, calls and repayments of
         securities available for sale                           16,686,000      30,382,000      29,153,000
      Maturities, calls and repayments of
         securities held to maturity                              1,586,000       1,256,000       1,495,000
   Loan originations and payments, net                         (245,686,000)   (282,170,000)   (264,720,000)
   Purchases of premises and equipment, net                      (7,677,000)    (10,516,000)     (4,293,000)
   Purchases of bank owned life insurance policies               (3,324,000)     (6,574,000)       (785,000)
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
            Net cash from investing activities                 (287,640,000)   (330,862,000)   (295,872,000)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Net increase in deposits                                     260,171,000     256,289,000     148,779,000
   Net increase/(decrease) in securities sold under
      agreements to repurchase                                   15,884,000       6,772,000        (790,000)
   Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances                 75,000,000      75,000,000      95,000,000
   Pay-off of Federal Home Loan Bank advances                   (65,000,000)    (45,000,000)    (20,000,000)
   Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures                      0      32,990,000               0
   Pay-off of subordinated debentures                                     0     (16,495,000)              0
   Net increase in other borrowed money                          (4,662,000)      9,495,000       6,538,000
   Net proceeds from sale of common stock                                 0               0      42,818,000
   Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares on stock dividend          (4,000)         (4,000)              0
   Employee stock purchase plan                                      97,000          79,000          57,000
   Dividend reinvestment plan                                       159,000         123,000         119,000
   Stock option exercises, net                                       80,000         137,000          36,000
   Cash dividends                                                (3,185,000)     (2,552,000)     (1,845,000)
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
            Net cash from financing activities                  278,540,000     316,834,000     270,712,000
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents                          15,942,000       4,247,000     (11,553,000)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                 20,811,000      16,564,000      28,117,000
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                    $  36,753,000   $  20,811,000   $  16,564,000
                                                              =============   =============   =============

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
   Cash paid during the year for
      Interest                                                $  40,671,000   $  25,107,000   $  23,261,000
      Federal income tax                                          8,657,000       6,125,000       4,985,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-34

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mercantile Bank Corporation ("Mercantile") and its subsidiary, Mercantile Bank of Michigan ("Bank"), and of Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC ("Mortgage Company"), Mercantile BIDCO, Inc. ("Mercantile BIDCO"), Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., L.L.C. ("Mercantile Real Estate") and Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc. ("Mercantile Insurance"), subsidiaries of our bank, after elimination of significant intercompany transactions and accounts.

Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I ("Mercantile Trust"), a business trust formed by the company, was incorporated in 2004 for the purpose of issuing Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. On September 16, 2004, the Mercantile Trust sold the Series A Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series A Common Securities to Mercantile. The proceeds of the Series A Preferred Securities and the Series A Common Securities were used by Mercantile Trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series A Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile on September 16, 2004. Mercantile used the proceeds of the Series A Floating Rate Notes to finance the redemption on September 17, 2004 of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by MBWM Capital Trust I. On December 10, 2004, Mercantile Trust sold the Series B Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series B Common Securities to Mercantile. The proceeds of the Series B Preferred Securities and the Series B Common Securities were used by Mercantile Trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series B Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile on December 10, 2004. Substantially all of the net proceeds of the Series B Floating Rate Notes were contributed to the Bank as capital to provide support for asset growth, fund investments in loans and securities and for general corporate purposes.

The only significant assets of Mercantile Trust are the Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes, and the only significant liabilities of Mercantile Trust are the Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. The Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes are categorized on the company's consolidated balance sheet as subordinated debentures and the interest expense is recorded on the company's consolidated statement of income under interest expense on long-term borrowings.

Nature of Operations: Mercantile was incorporated on July 15, 1997 to establish and own the Bank based in Grand Rapids, Michigan. The Bank is a community-based financial institution. The Bank began operations on December 15, 1997. The Bank's primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are commercial loans, commercial leases, residential mortgage loans, and instalment loans. Substantially all loans and leases are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, real estate and consumer assets. Commercial loans and leases are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Real estate loans are secured by both commercial and residential real estate. The Bank's loan accounts are primarily with customers located in the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing and Ann Arbor metropolitan areas. The Bank's retail deposits are also from customers located within those areas. As an alternative source of funds, the Bank has also issued certificates to depositors outside of the Bank's primary market areas. Substantially all revenues are derived from banking products and services and investment securities.

Mercantile Trust was formed during 2004. All of the common securities of this special purpose trust are owned by Mercantile. Mercantile Trust exists solely to issue capital securities.

(Continued)

F-35

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was formed during 2000. A subsidiary of the Bank, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company had been established to increase the profitability and efficiency of the mortgage loan operations. Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company initiated business on October 24, 2000 via the Bank's contribution of most of its residential mortgage loan portfolio and participation interests in certain commercial mortgage loans. On the same date the Bank also transferred its residential mortgage origination function to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On January 1, 2004, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a limited liability company, which is 99% owned by the Bank and 1% owned by Mercantile Insurance. Mortgage loans originated and held by the Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company are serviced by the Bank pursuant to a servicing agreement.

On February 7, 2002, Mercantile BIDCO, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, was granted a license by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services to operate as a Michigan Business and Industrial Development Company, a non-depository Michigan financial institution. Mercantile BIDCO offered equipment lease financing, asset based loans, junior debt facilities and other financing where equity features may be part of the facility pricing. At our request the license was rescinded and the BIDCO was dissolved in late 2005. The assets of the BIDCO, primarily comprised of two commercial loan relationships, were transferred to our Bank.

Mercantile Insurance was formed during 2002 through the acquisition of an existing shelf insurance agency. Insurance products are offered through an Agency and Institutions Agreement among Mercantile Insurance, the Bank and Hub International. The insurance products are marketed through a central facility operated by the Michigan Bankers Insurance Association, members of which include the insurance subsidiaries of various Michigan-based financial institutions and Hub International. Mercantile Insurance receives commissions based upon written premiums produced under the Agency and Institutions Agreement.

Mercantile Real Estate was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct, and own a new facility in downtown Grand Rapids that serves as our bank's main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation's headquarters. This facility was placed into service during the second quarter of 2005.

Mercantile filed an election to become a financial holding company pursuant to Title I of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and implementing Federal Reserve Board regulations effective March 23, 2000.

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ. The allowance for loan and lease losses and the fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Cash Flow Reporting: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits with other financial institutions, short-term investments (including securities with daily put provisions) and federal funds sold. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest-bearing time deposits with other financial institutions and short-term borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less.

Securities: Debt securities classified as held to maturity are carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold prior to maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Other securities such as Federal Home Loan Bank stock are carried at cost.

(Continued)

F-36

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums or discounts. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the Company's ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Loans and Leases: Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned interest, deferred loan fees and costs and an allowance for loan and lease losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

Interest income on commercial loans and leases and mortgage loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer and credit card loans are typically charged-off no later than 120 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan or lease. In all cases, loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal and interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not received for loans and leases placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans and leases is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans and leases are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings. Such loans are sold service released. Residential mortgage banking fees include fees on direct brokered mortgage loans and the net gain on sale of mortgage loans originated for sale.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: The allowance for loan and lease losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan and lease losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan or lease balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan and lease loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, and economic conditions and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans and leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in management's judgment, should be charged-off.

(Continued)

F-37

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

A loan or lease is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan or lease and the borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial loans and leases and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. The Company does not separately identify individual residential and consumer loans for impairment disclosures.

Transfer of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (1) the assets have been isolated from the corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the corporation does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 5 to 33 years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years. Maintenance, repairs and minor alterations are charged to current operations as expenditures occur and major improvements are capitalized.

Long-term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.

Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key officers. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized.

Repurchase Agreements: Substantially all repurchase agreement liabilities represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are pledged to cover these liabilities, which are not covered by federal deposit insurance.

Stock Compensation: Employee compensation expense under stock option plans is reported using the intrinsic value method. No stock-based compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted had an exercise price equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying common stock at date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if expense was measured using the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

(Continued)

F-38

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

                                                  2005          2004          2003
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income as reported                        $17,901,000   $13,721,000   $10,016,000
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense
   determined under fair value based method       861,000       323,000       378,000
                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Pro forma net income                           17,040,000    13,398,000     9,638,000

Basic earnings per share as reported          $      2.36   $      1.82   $      1.57
Pro forma basic earnings per share                   2.25          1.78          1.51

Diluted earnings per share as reported        $      2.31   $      1.78   $      1.53
Pro forma diluted earnings per share                 2.20          1.74          1.48

The pro forma effects are computed using option pricing models, using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date.

                                    2005      2004      2003
                                  -------   -------   -------
Risk-free interest rate              4.12%     3.45%     3.25%
Expected option life              7 Years   7 Years   7 Years
Expected stock price volatility        26%       22%       22%
Dividend yield                          1%        1%        1%

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Financial Instruments and Loan Commitments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Instruments, such as standby letters of credit that are considered financial guarantees in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45, are recorded at fair value.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed separately. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business or the values of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

Earnings Per Share: Basic earnings per share is based on weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options. Earnings per share are restated for all stock dividends, including the 5% stock dividends paid on August 1, 2005, May 3, 2004 and February 3, 2003. The fair value of shares issued in stock dividends is transferred from retained earnings to common stock.

(Continued)

F-39

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

New Accounting Pronouncements: FAS 123, Revised, requires all public companies to record compensation cost for stock options provided to employees in return for employment service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employment service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options. This will apply to awards granted or modified in fiscal years beginning 2006. Compensation cost will also be recorded for prior option grants that vest after the date of adoption. The effect on results of operations will depend on the level of future option grants and the calculation of the fair value of the options granted at such future date, as well as the vesting periods provided, and so cannot currently be predicted. Existing options that will vest after adoption date are expected to result in additional compensation expense of approximately $200,000 during 2006, and $27,000 in 2007 and $17,000 in 2008. There will be no significant effect on financial position as total equity will not change.

Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Reclassifications: Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Operating Segments: While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services offered, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of Mercantile's financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

(Continued)

F-40

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

The fair value of available for sale securities and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

                                               Gross        Gross
                               Amortized    Unrealized    Unrealized       Fair
                                 Cost          Gains        Losses         Value
                             ------------   ----------   -----------   ------------
2005
U.S. Government agency
   debt obligations          $ 64,665,000    $ 15,000    $  (968,000)  $ 63,712,000
Mortgage-backed securities     49,426,000      39,000     (1,228,000)    48,237,000
Mutual fund                     1,035,000           0        (23,000)     1,012,000
                             ------------    --------    -----------   ------------
                             $115,126,000    $ 54,000    $(2,219,000)  $112,961,000
                             ============    ========    ===========   ============

2004
U.S. Government agency
   debt obligations          $ 55,912,000    $241,000    $  (128,000)  $ 56,025,000
Mortgage-backed securities     37,711,000     255,000       (165,000)    37,801,000
                             ------------    --------    -----------   ------------
                             $ 93,623,000    $496,000    $  (293,000)  $ 93,826,000
                             ============    ========    ===========   ============

The carrying amount, unrecognized gains and losses, and fair value of securities held to maturity were as follows:

                                                         Gross       Gross
                                          Carrying    Unrealized   Unrealized       Fair
                                           Amount        Gains       Losses         Value
                                        -----------   ----------   ----------   ------------
2005
   Municipal general obligation bonds   $53,685,000   $1,859,000   $(101,000)   $55,443,000
   Municipal revenue bonds                7,081,000      339,000     (13,000)     7,407,000
                                        -----------   ----------   ---------    -----------
                                        $60,766,000   $2,198,000   $(114,000)   $62,850,000
                                        ===========   ==========   =========    ===========
2004
   Municipal general obligation bonds   $45,063,000   $2,066,000   $ (88,000)   $47,041,000
   Municipal revenue bonds                7,278,000      325,000     (23,000)     7,580,000
                                        -----------   ----------   ---------    -----------
                                        $52,341,000   $2,391,000   $(111,000)   $54,621,000
                                        ===========   ==========   =========    ===========

(Continued)

F-41

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2005 and 2004, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position are as follows:

                                Less than 12 Months          12 Months or More                 Total
                             -------------------------   ------------------------   --------------------------
                                 Fair       Unrealized       Fair      Unrealized       Fair       Unrealized
Description of Securities       Value          Loss         Value         Loss         Value          Loss
-------------------------    -----------   -----------   -----------   ---------    ------------   -----------
2005
U.S. Government agency
   debt obligations          $51,082,000   $  (705,000)  $ 5,735,000   $(263,000)   $ 56,817,000   $  (968,000)
Mortgage-backed securities    32,794,000      (749,000)   13,284,000    (479,000)     46,078,000    (1,228,000)
Mutual fund                    1,012,000       (23,000)            0           0       1,012,000       (23,000)
Municipal general
   obligation bonds            7,156,000       (65,000)    1,565,000     (36,000)      8,721,000      (101,000)
Municipal revenue bonds                0             0       723,000     (13,000)        723,000       (13,000)
                             -----------   -----------   -----------   ---------    ------------   -----------
                             $92,044,000   $(1,542,000)  $21,307,000   $(791,000)   $113,351,000   $(2,333,000)
                             ===========   ===========   ===========   =========    ============   ===========

2004
U.S. Government agency
   debt obligations          $ 1,976,000   $   (22,000)  $ 3,893,000   $(106,000)   $  5,869,000   $  (128,000)
Mortgage-backed securities     5,666,000       (16,000)   10,532,000    (149,000)     16,198,000      (165,000)
Municipal general
   obligation bonds              744,000        (8,000)    2,357,000     (80,000)      3,101,000       (88,000)
Municipal revenue bonds          813,000        (9,000)      536,000     (14,000)      1,349,000       (23,000)
                             -----------   -----------   -----------   ---------    ------------   -----------
                             $ 9,199,000   $   (55,000)  $17,318,000   $(349,000)   $ 26,517,000   $  (404,000)
                             ===========   ===========   ===========   =========    ============   ===========

We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability we have to retain our investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer's financial condition, we may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred and the results of reviews of the issuer's financial condition.

At December 31, 2005, $113.4 million in debt securities and a mutual fund have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 2.0% from the amortized cost basis. After we considered whether the securities were issued by the federal government or its agencies and whether downgrades by bond rating agencies had occurred, we determined that unrealized losses were due to an increasing interest rate environment. As we have the ability to hold debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available for sale, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.

(Continued)

F-42

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)

The amortized cost and fair values of debt securities at year-end 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown below. The contractual maturity is utilized below for U.S. Government agency debt obligations and municipal bonds. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage backed securities, are shown separately.

The maturities of securities and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2005 are shown in the following table. The yields for municipal securities are shown at their tax equivalent yield.

                                       Held-to-Maturity                       Available-for-Sale
                             ------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                             Weighted                               Weighted
                              Average     Carrying        Fair       Average     Amortized        Fair
                               Yield       Amount        Value        Yield        Cost           Value
                             --------   -----------   -----------   --------   ------------   ------------
Due in one year or less        6.88%    $   906,000   $   912,000       NA     $          0   $          0
Due from one to five years     6.96       8,900,000     9,243,000     4.54%       7,967,000      7,844,000
Due from five to ten years     6.39      10,957,000    11,289,000     5.05       56,698,000     55,868,000
Due after ten years            6.48      40,003,000    41,406,000       NA                0              0
Mortgage-backed                  NA               0             0     4.92       49,426,000     48,237,000
Mutual fund                      NA               0             0     4.01        1,035,000      1,012,000
                                        -----------   -----------              ------------   ------------
                               6.54%    $60,766,000   $62,850,000     4.98%    $115,126,000   $112,961,000
                                        ===========   ===========              ============   ============

During 2005, there were no securities sold. During 2004, securities with an aggregate amortized cost basis of $1.7 million were sold, resulting in a gross realized gain of $78,000. During 2003, securities with an aggregate amortized cost basis of $15.7 million were sold, resulting in a gross realized gain of $324,000 and a gross realized loss of $3,000.

At year-end 2005 and 2004, the amortized cost of securities issued by the state of Michigan and all its political subdivisions totaled $60.8 million and $52.3 million, with an estimated market value of $62.9 million and $54.6 million, respectively. Total securities of any other specific issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, did not exceed 10% of shareholders' equity.

The carrying value of securities that are pledged to repurchase agreements and other deposits was $81.7 million and $70.9 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

(Continued)

F-43

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 3 - LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Year-end loans and leases are as follows:

                                     December 31, 2005        December 31, 2004      Percent
                                  ----------------------   ----------------------   Increase/
                                     Balance         %         Balance        %     (Decrease)
                                  --------------   -----   --------------   -----   ----------
Real Estate:
   Construction and land
      development                 $  226,544,000    14.5%  $  136,705,000    10.3%     65.7%
   Secured by 1 - 4
      family properties              128,111,000     8.2      122,635,000     9.3       4.5
   Secured by multi-
      family properties               30,114,000     2.0       35,183,000     2.7     (14.4)
   Secured by
      nonresidential properties      714,963,000    45.8      649,415,000    49.3      10.1
Commercial                           454,911,000    29.1      365,615,000    27.8      24.4
Leases                                 1,786,000     0.1        2,573,000     0.2     (30.6)
Consumer                               5,383,000     0.3        4,998,000     0.4       7.7
                                  --------------   -----   --------------   -----     -----
                                  $1,561,812,000   100.0%  $1,317,124,000   100.0%     18.6%
                                  ==============   =====   ==============   =====     =====

Activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses is as follows:

                                          2005          2004          2003
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------
Beginning balance                     $17,819,000   $14,379,000   $10,890,000
Provision for loan and lease losses     3,790,000     4,674,000     3,800,000
Charge-offs                            (1,392,000)   (1,405,000)     (596,000)
Recoveries                                310,000       171,000       285,000
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------
   Ending balance                     $20,527,000   $17,819,000   $14,379,000
                                      ===========   ===========   ===========

Impaired loans and leases were as follows:

                                                                          2005         2004
                                                                       ----------   ----------
Year-end loans with no allocated allowance for loan and lease losses   $1,390,000   $        0
Year-end loans with allocated allowance for loan and lease losses         965,000    2,729,000
                                                                       ----------   ----------
                                                                       $2,355,000   $2,729,000
                                                                       ==========   ==========
Amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses allocated            $  399,000   $  477,000
Average of impaired loans during the year                               2,460,000    2,845,000

The Bank recognized no interest income on impaired loans during 2005, 2004 or 2003. Nonperforming loans include both smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

(Continued)

F-44

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 3 - LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (Continued)

Nonperforming loans and leases were as follows:

                                                                    2005         2004
                                                                 ----------   ----------
Loans and leases past due over 90 days still accruing interest   $  394,000   $        0
Nonaccrual loans and leases                                       3,601,000    2,842,000
                                                                 ----------   ----------
                                                                 $3,995,000   $2,842,000
                                                                 ==========   ==========

Concentrations within the loan portfolio were as follows at year-end:

                                               2005                            2004
                                  -----------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                  Percentage of                   Percentage of
                                     Balance     Loan Portfolio      Balance     Loan Portfolio
                                  ------------   --------------   ------------   --------------
Commercial real estate loans to
   lessors of non-residential
   buildings                      $417,470,000        26.7%       $364,230,000        27.7%

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Year-end premises and equipment are as follows:

                                           2005          2004
                                       -----------   -----------
Land and improvements                  $ 7,135,000   $ 6,482,000
Buildings and leasehold improvements    18,450,000    16,547,000
Furniture and equipment                 10,351,000     6,327,000
                                       -----------   -----------
                                        35,936,000    29,356,000
Less: accumulated depreciation           5,730,000     4,784,000
                                       -----------   -----------
                                       $30,206,000   $24,572,000
                                       ===========   ===========

Depreciation expense in 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaled $2,043,000, $1,248,000, and $1,162,000, respectively.

We entered into lease arrangements for our banking facilities in East Lansing and Ann Arbor, Michigan during 2005. Rent expense for these two facilities totaled $144,000 during 2005. Minimum rent commitments under the operating leases were as follows, before considering renewal options that generally are present:

2006       262,000
2007       197,000
2008       150,000
2009       150,000
2010        75,000
           -------
   Total   834,000
           =======

(Continued)

F-45

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS

Deposits at year-end are summarized as follows:

                          December 31, 2005        December 31, 2004       Percent
                       ----------------------   ----------------------    Increase/
                           Balance        %         Balance        %     (Decrease)
                       --------------   -----   --------------   -----   ----------
Noninterest-bearing
   demand              $  120,828,000     8.5%  $  101,742,000     8.8%     18.8%
Interest-bearing
   checking                39,792,000     2.8       37,649,000     3.2       5.7
Money market               10,344,000     0.7       10,528,000     0.9      (1.7)
Savings                   106,247,000     7.5      129,374,000    11.2     (17.9)
Time, under $100,000       23,906,000     1.7        8,963,000     0.8     166.7
Time, $100,000 and
   over                   155,401,000    11.0       99,760,000     8.6      55.8
                       --------------   -----   --------------   -----     -----
                          456,518,000    32.2      388,016,000    33.5      17.7
Out-of-area time,
   under $100,000          80,048,000     5.6       90,829,000     7.8     (11.9)
Out-of-area time,
   $100,000 and over      882,786,000    62.2      680,336,000    58.7      29.8
                       --------------   -----   --------------   -----     -----
                          962,834,000    67.8      771,165,000    66.5      24.9
                       --------------   -----   --------------   -----     -----
                       $1,419,352,000   100.0%  $1,159,181,000   100.0%     22.4%
                       ==============   =====   ==============   =====     =====

Out-of-area certificates of deposit consist of certificates obtained from depositors outside of the primary market area. As of December 31, 2005, out-of-area certificates of deposit totaling $946.9 million were obtained through deposit brokers, with the remaining $15.9 million obtained directly from the depositors.

The following table depicts the maturity distribution for time deposits at year-end.

                      2005            2004
                 --------------   ------------
In one year      $  787,954,000   $609,055,000
In two years        243,652,000    191,079,000
In three years       68,467,000     40,044,000
In four years        33,649,000     21,252,000
In five years         8,419,000     18,458,000
                 --------------   ------------
                 $1,142,141,000   $879,888,000
                 ==============   ============

The following table depicts the maturity distribution for certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at year-end.

                                   2005            2004
                              --------------   ------------
Up to three months            $  255,351,000   $181,526,000
Three months to six months       186,830,000    136,349,000
Six months to twelve months      278,189,000    229,645,000
Over twelve months               317,817,000    232,576,000
                              --------------   ------------
                              $1,038,187,000   $780,096,000
                              ==============   ============

(Continued)

F-46

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 6 - SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Information relating to short-term borrowings, comprised entirely of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, at year-end is summarized below:

                                                     2005          2004
                                                 -----------   -----------
Outstanding balance at year-end                  $72,201,000   $56,317,000
Weighted average interest rate at year-end              3.31%         1.90%
Average daily balance during the year             60,743,000    49,935,000
Weighted average interest rate during the year          2.63%         1.57%
Maximum month end balance during the year         74,639,000    61,678,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) generally have original maturities of less than one year. Repurchase agreements are treated as financings and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as liabilities. Securities involved with the repurchase agreements are recorded as assets of the Bank and are primarily held in safekeeping by correspondent banks. Repurchase agreements are offered principally to certain large deposit customers as uninsured deposit equivalent investments. Repurchase agreements were secured by securities with a market value of $80.7 million and $69.9 million at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively.

NOTE 7 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

At year-end, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank were as follows.

                                                                    2005           2004
                                                                ------------   ------------
Maturities January 2006 through May 2008, fixed rates from
   2.13% to 4.92%, averaging 3.68%                               120,000,000

Maturities in May 2006, floating rates tied to Libor indices,
   averaging 4.42%                                                10,000,000

Maturities January 2005 through December 2006, fixed rates
   from 1.66% to 3.47%, averaging 2.51%                                         110,000,000

Maturities in May 2006, floating rates tied to Libor indices,
   averaging 2.32%                                                               10,000,000
                                                                ------------   ------------
                                                                $130,000,000   $120,000,000
                                                                ============   ============

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, and is subject to a prepayment fee if paid prior to the maturity date. The advances are collateralized by residential mortgage loans, first mortgage liens on multi-family residential property loans, first mortgage liens on commercial real estate property loans, and substantially all other assets of the Bank, under a blanket lien arrangement. Our borrowing line of credit as of December 31, 2005 totaled $205.8 million.

Maturities over the next five years are:

2006   $100,000,000
2007     25,000,000
2008      5,000,000
2009              0
2010              0

(Continued)

F-47

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 8 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The consolidated provision for income taxes is as follows:

                                                  2005         2004          2003
                                               ----------   ----------   -----------
Current                                        $9,124,000   $5,981,000   $ 5,153,000
Deferred benefit                                 (979,000)    (845,000)   (1,253,000)
Effect of restating deferred tax asset @ 35%            0            0      (115,000)
                                               ----------   ----------   -----------
   Tax expense                                 $8,145,000   $5,136,000   $ 3,785,000
                                               ==========   ==========   ===========

Income tax expense was less than the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. The reasons for the difference are as follows:

                                        2005         2004         2003
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
Statutory rates                      $9,116,000   $6,600,000   $4,830,000
Increase (decrease) from
   Tax-exempt interest                 (792,000)    (708,000)    (606,000)
   Life insurance                      (349,000)    (257,000)    (273,000)
   Effect of tax bracket surcharge            0            0     (100,000)
   Rehabilitation tax credits                 0     (429,000)           0
   Other                                170,000      (70,000)     (66,000)
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
      Tax expense                    $8,145,000   $5,136,000   $3,785,000
                                     ==========   ==========   ==========

The net deferred tax asset recorded includes the following amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities:

                                                 2005         2004
                                              ----------   ----------
Deferred tax assets
   Allowance for loan and lease losses        $7,184,000   $6,237,000
   Unrealized loss on securities available
      for sale                                   758,000            0
   Deferred loan fees                            307,000      401,000
   Deferred compensation                         821,000      563,000
   Other                                         239,000       27,000
                                              ----------   ----------
                                               9,309,000    7,228,000
Deferred tax liabilities
   Unrealized gain on securities available
      for sale                                         0       71,000
   Depreciation                                  947,000      711,000
   Other                                         515,000      407,000
                                              ----------   ----------
                                               1,462,000    1,189,000
                                              ----------   ----------
Net deferred tax asset                        $7,847,000   $6,039,000
                                              ==========   ==========

A valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets is required when it is considered more likely than not that all or part of the benefits related to such assets will not be realized. Management has determined that no valuation allowance was required at year-end 2005 or 2004.

(Continued)

F-48

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 9 - STOCK OPTION PLANS

Stock option plans are used to reward directors and employees and provide them with additional equity interest. Stock options granted to non-employee directors are at 125% of the market price on the date of grant, fully vest after five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Stock options granted to employees are granted at the market price on the date of grant, generally fully vest after one year and expire ten years from the date of grant. Stock options granted to non-executive officers during 2005 vested about three weeks after being granted. At year-end 2005, there were 231,791 shares authorized for future option grants. Information about option grants follows.

A summary of the activity in the plan is as follows.

                                   2005                  2004                  2003
                           -------------------   -------------------   ------------------
                                      Weighted              Weighted              Weighted
                                       Average               Average               Average
                                      Exercise              Exercise              Exercise
                            Shares      Price     Shares     Price      Shares     Price
                           --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Outstanding at beginning
   of year                  295,850    $18.66     306,456    $14.26     299,652    $11.46
Granted                      45,750     39.56      44,138     38.25      41,708     30.60
Exercised                   (39,898)     9.93     (54,304)     9.65     (33,503)     8.98
Forfeited or expired         (1,259)    37.12        (440)    29.34      (1,401)    27.48
                           --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------
Outstanding at
   end of year              300,443    $22.93     295,850    $18.66     306,456    $14.26
                           ========    ======    ========    ======    ========    ======
Options exercisable
   at year-end              257,437    $21.22     230,231    $14.30     250,208    $11.28
                           ========    ======    ========    ======    ========    ======
Fair value of options
   granted during year     $  14.22              $  10.34              $   7.59
                           ========              ========              ========

Options outstanding at year-end 2005 were as follows:

                                       Outstanding                     Exercisable
                          -------------------------------------   ---------------------
                                    Weighted Average   Weighted              Weighted
                                        Remaining       Average               Average
Range of                               Contractual     Exercise               Exercise
Exercise Prices            Number        Life            Price     Number      Price
---------------           -------   ----------------   --------   -------   -----------
$ 6.00 - $ 8.00             9,603       1.6 Years       $ 7.84      9,603      $ 7.84
$ 8.01 - $10.00            46,360       4.0 Years         9.10     46,360        9.10
$10.01 - $12.00            30,999       2.8 Years        10.68     30,999       10.68
$12.01 - $14.00            33,992       5.8 Years        13.72     33,992       13.72
$16.01 - $18.00            44,856       6.6 Years        17.69     37,584       17.79
$22.01 - $24.00             6,936       6.8 Years        22.25          0          NA
$28.01 - $30.00            32,456       7.8 Years        29.34     32,456       29.34
$36.01 - $38.00            42,666       8.7 Years        37.06     33,693       37.12
$38.01 - $40.00            45,750       9.9 Years        39.56     32,750       39.56
$44.01 - $46.00             6,825       8.8 Years        44.41          0          NA
                          -------                                 -------
Outstanding at year end   300,443       6.5 Years       $22.93    257,437      $21.22
                          =======                                 =======

(Continued)

F-49

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 9 - STOCK OPTION PLANS (Continued)

Options outstanding at year-end 2005, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

                                   2005         2004         2003
                                ----------   ----------   ----------
Minimum exercise price          $     7.84   $     7.84   $     7.84
Maximum exercise price               44.41        44.41        36.69
Average remaining option term    6.5 Years    6.5 Years    6.5 Years

NOTE 10 - RELATED PARTIES

Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank. At year-end 2005 and 2004, the Bank had $14.0 million and $14.2 million in loan commitments to directors and executive officers, of which $8.9 million and $10.2 million were outstanding at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively, as reflected in the following table.

                        2005          2004
                    -----------   -----------
Beginning balance   $10,210,000   $ 6,271,000
New loans               761,000     5,209,000
Repayments           (2,106,000)   (1,270,000)
                    -----------   -----------
   Ending balance   $ 8,865,000   $10,210,000
                    ===========   ===========

Related party deposits and repurchase agreements totaled $13.3 million and $15.5 million at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively.

NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized, if any, in the balance sheet. The Bank's maximum exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Collateral, such as accounts receivable, securities, inventory, property and equipment, is generally obtained based on management's credit assessment of the borrower. If required, estimated loss exposure resulting from these instruments is expensed and recorded as a liability. The balance of the liability account related to loan commitments was $0.5 million and $0.2 million at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively.

(Continued)

F-50

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK (Continued)

At year-end 2005 and 2004, the rates on existing off-balance sheet instruments were substantially equivalent to current market rates, considering the underlying credit standing of the counterparties.

The Bank's maximum exposure to credit losses for loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding at year-end was as follows:

                                                     2005           2004
                                                 ------------   ------------
Commercial unused lines of credit                $303,115,000   $226,935,000
Unused lines of credit secured by 1 - 4 family
   residential properties                          27,830,000     24,988,000
Credit card unused lines of credit                  7,971,000      8,307,000
Other consumer unused lines of credit              10,791,000      5,155,000
Commitments to make loans                          83,280,000     55,440,000
Standby letters of credit                          59,058,000     56,464,000
                                                 ------------   ------------
                                                 $492,045,000   $377,289,000
                                                 ============   ============

Commitments to make loans generally reflect our binding obligations to existing and prospective customers to extend credit, including line of credit facilities secured by accounts receivable and inventory, and term debt secured by either real estate or equipment. In most instances, line of credit facilities are for a one year term and are at a floating rate tied to the prime rate. For term debt secured by real estate, customers are generally offered a floating rate tied to the prime rate and a fixed rate currently ranging from 7.00% to 8.00%. These credit facilities generally balloon within five years, with payments based on amortizations ranging from 10 to 25 years. For term debt secured by non-real estate collateral, customers are generally offered a floating rate tied to the prime rate and a fixed rate currently ranging from 7.00% to 8.00%. These credit facilities generally mature and fully amortize within five years.

The following instruments are considered financial guarantees under FASB Interpretation 45. These instruments are carried at fair value.

                                     2005                     2004
                            ----------------------   ----------------------
                              Contract    Carrying     Contract    Carrying
                               Amount       Value       Amount       Value
                            -----------   --------   -----------   --------
Standby letters of credit   $59,058,000   $205,000   $56,464,000   $226,000

The Bank was required to have $8.6 million and $7.7 million of cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at year-end 2005 and 2004, respectively. These balances do not earn interest.

NOTE 12 - BENEFIT PLANS

Mercantile has a 401(k) benefit plan that covers substantially all of its employees. Mercantile's 2005, 2004 and 2003 matching 401(k) contribution charged to expense was $554,000, $413,000 and $327,000, respectively. The percent of Mercantile's matching contributions to the 401(k) is determined annually by the Board of Directors. The 401(k) benefit plan allows employee contributions up to 15% of their compensation, which are matched at 100% of the first 5% of the compensation contributed. Matching contributions are immediately vested.

(Continued)

F-51

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 12 - BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

Mercantile has a deferred compensation plan in which all persons serving on the Board of Directors may defer all or portions of their annual retainer and meeting fees, with distributions to be paid only upon termination of service as a director. The deferred amounts are categorized on Mercantile's financial statements as other borrowed money. The deferred balances are paid interest at a rate equal to the prime rate, adjusted at the beginning of each calendar quarter. Interest expense for the plan during 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $43,000, $21,000 and $15,000, respectively.

Mercantile has a non-qualified deferred compensation program in which selected officers may defer all or portions of salary and bonus payments. The deferred amounts are categorized on Mercantile's financial statements as other borrowed money. The deferred balances are paid interest at a rate equal to the prime rate, adjusted at the beginning of each calendar quarter. Interest expense for the plan during 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $79,000, $38,000 and $22,000, respectively.

The Mercantile Bank Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2002 ("Stock Purchase Plan") is a non-compensatory plan intended to encourage full- and part-time employees of Mercantile and its subsidiaries to promote the best interests of Mercantile and to align employees' interests with the interests of Mercantile's shareholders by permitting employees to purchase shares of Mercantile common stock through regular payroll deductions. Shares are purchased on the last business day of each calendar quarter at a price equal to the average, rounded to the nearest whole cent, of the highest and lowest sales prices of Mercantile's common stock reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market. Originally, 25,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the Stock Purchase Plan; however, the number of shares has been and may continue to be adjusted in the future to reflect stock dividends and other changes in Mercantile's capitalization. The numbers of shares issued under the Stock Purchase Plan totaled 2,373 and 2,275 in 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, there were 22,220 shares available under the Stock Purchase Plan.

NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at year-end.

                                                      2005                              2004
                                        -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                           Carrying           Fair           Carrying           Fair
                                            Values           Values           Values           Values
                                        --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
Financial assets
   Cash and cash equivalents            $   36,753,000   $   36,753,000   $   20,811,000   $   20,811,000
   Securities available for sale           112,961,000      112,961,000       93,826,000       93,826,000
   Securities held to maturity              60,766,000       62,850,000       52,341,000       54,621,000
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock              7,887,000        7,887,000        6,798,000        6,798,000
   Loans, net                            1,541,285,000    1,540,183,000    1,299,305,000    1,316,831,000
   Bank owned life insurance policies       28,071,000       28,071,000       23,750,000       23,750,000
   Accrued interest receivable               8,274,000        8,274,000        5,644,000        5,644,000

Financial liabilities
   Deposits                              1,419,352,000    1,413,297,000    1,159,181,000    1,155,016,000
   Securities sold under agreements
      to repurchase                         72,201,000       72,201,000       56,317,000       56,317,000
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances         130,000,000      129,942,000      120,000,000      119,936,000
   Accrued interest payable                 12,465,000       12,465,000        6,297,000        6,297,000
   Subordinated debentures                  32,990,000       32,990,000       32,990,000       32,990,000

(Continued)

F-52

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, accrued interest receivable and payable, bank owned life insurance policies, demand deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and variable rate loans or deposits that reprice frequently and fully. Security fair values are based on market prices or dealer quotes, and if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security and information about the issuer. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of subordinated debentures and Federal Home Loan Bank advances is based on current rates for similar financing. Fair value of off balance sheet items is estimated to be nominal.

NOTE 14 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

The factors used in the earnings per share computation follow.

                                                        2005          2004          2003
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------
Basic
   Net income                                       $17,901,000   $13,721,000   $10,016,000
                                                    ===========   ===========   ===========
   Weighted average common shares outstanding         7,580,322     7,533,036     6,374,180
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------
Basic earnings per common share                     $      2.36   $      1.82   $      1.57
                                                    ===========   ===========   ===========
Diluted
   Net income                                       $17,901,000   $13,721,000   $10,016,000
                                                    ===========   ===========   ===========
   Weighted average common shares outstanding for
      basic earnings per common share                 7,580,322     7,533,036     6,374,180
   Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of
      stock options                                     169,358       188,677       152,260
                                                    -----------   -----------   -----------
   Average shares and dilutive potential
      common shares                                   7,749,680     7,721,713     6,526,440
                                                    ===========   ===========   ===========
   Diluted earnings per common share                $      2.31   $      1.78   $      1.53
                                                    ===========   ===========   ===========

Stock options for 6,825, 48,350 and 37,730 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, because they were antidilutive.

(Continued)

F-53

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 15 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

Mercantile Trust, a business trust formed by the company, was incorporated in 2004 for the purpose of issuing Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. On September 16, 2004, Mercantile Trust sold the Series A Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series A Common Securities to Mercantile. The proceeds of the Series A Preferred Securities and the Series A Common Securities were used by Mercantile Trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series A Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile on September 16, 2004. Mercantile used the proceeds of the Series A Floating Rate Notes to finance the redemption on September 17, 2004 of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by MBWM Capital Trust I. On December 10, 2004, Mercantile Trust sold the Series B Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series B Common Securities to Mercantile. The proceeds of the Series B Preferred Securities and the Series B Common Securities were used by Mercantile Trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series B Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile on December 10, 2004. Substantially all of the net proceeds of the Series B Floating Rate Notes were contributed to our bank as capital to provide support for asset growth, fund investments in loans and securities and for general corporate purposes.

The only significant assets of Mercantile Trust are the Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes, and the only significant liabilities of Mercantile Trust are the Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. The Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes are categorized on the company's consolidated balance sheet as subordinated debentures and the interest expense is recorded on the company's consolidated statement of income under interest expense on long-term borrowings.

NOTE 16 - REGULATORY MATTERS

Mercantile and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If an institution is adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If an institution is undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required. At year-end 2005 and 2004, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that we believe has changed the Bank's category.

(Continued)

F-54

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 16 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

At year end, actual capital levels (in thousands) and minimum required levels for Mercantile and the Bank were:

                                                                     Minimum Required
                                                                        to be Well
                                                 Minimum Required    Capitalized Under
                                                   for Capital       Prompt Corrective
                                   Actual       Adequacy Purposes   Action Regulations
                             ----------------   -----------------   ------------------
                              Amount    Ratio    Amount     Ratio    Amount     Ratio
                             --------   -----   --------   ------   --------   -------
2005
Total capital (to risk
   weighted assets)
      Consolidated           $209,060    12.0%   $139,337    8.0%   $     NA      NA
      Bank                    205,642    11.8     139,158    8.0     173,947    10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk
   weighted assets)
      Consolidated            188,533    10.8      69,669    4.0          NA      NA
      Bank                    185,115    10.6      69,579    4.0     104,368     6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average
   assets)
      Consolidated            188,533    10.5      72,163    4.0          NA      NA
      Bank                    185,115    10.3      72,100    4.0      90,124     5.0

2004
Total capital (to risk
   weighted assets)
      Consolidated           $191,304    13.0%   $117,426    8.0%   $     NA      NA
      Bank                    188,075    12.8     117,288    8.0     146,610    10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk
   weighted assets)
      Consolidated            173,485    11.8      58,713    4.0          NA      NA
      Bank                    170,256    11.6      58,644    4.0      87,966     6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average
   assets)
      Consolidated            173,485    11.5      60,182    4.0          NA      NA
      Bank                    170,256    11.3      60,088    4.0      75,110     5.0

Federal and state banking laws and regulations place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends the Bank can transfer to Mercantile and on the capital levels that must be maintained. At year-end 2005, under the most restrictive of these regulations (to remain well capitalized), the Bank could distribute approximately $26.9 million to Mercantile as dividends without prior regulatory approval.

The capital levels as of year-end 2005 and 2004 include $32.0 million of trust preferred securities issued by Mercantile Trust in September 2004 and December 2004 subject to certain limitations. Federal Reserve guidelines limit the amount of trust preferred securities which can be included in Tier 1 capital of Mercantile to 25% of total Tier 1 capital. At year-end 2005 and 2004, all $32.0 million of the trust preferred securities were included as Tier 1 capital of Mercantile.

(Continued)

F-55

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 17 - OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) components and related taxes were as follows.

                                                        2005         2004         2003
                                                    -----------   ---------   -----------
   Unrealized holding gains and losses on
      available-for-sale securities                 $(2,368,000)  $(208,000)  $(1,586,000)
   Reclassification adjustments for gains
      and losses later recognized in income                   0     (78,000)     (321,000)
                                                    -----------   ---------   -----------
   Net unrealized gains and losses                   (2,368,000)   (130,000)   (1,265,000)
   Tax effect of unrealized holding gains and
      losses on available-for-sale securities           828,000      70,000       539,000
   Tax effect of reclassification adjustments for
      gains and losses later recognized in income             0     (28,000)     (108,000)
                                                    -----------   ---------   -----------
Other comprehensive income/(loss)                   $(1,540,000)  $ (88,000)  $  (834,000)
                                                    ===========   =========   ===========

NOTE 18 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

                                                                Earnings per Share
                      Interest    Net Interest       Net      ---------------------
                       Income        Income        Income     Basic   Fully Diluted
                    -----------   ------------   ----------   -----   -------------
2005
   First quarter    $21,705,000    $12,655,000   $4,362,000   $0.58       $0.56
   Second quarter    24,346,000     13,608,000    4,690,000    0.62        0.61
   Third quarter     26,764,000     14,072,000    4,300,000    0.57        0.56
   Fourth quarter    29,315,000     14,957,000    4,549,000    0.60        0.59

2004
   First quarter    $15,354,000    $ 9,489,000   $2,973,000   $0.40       $0.39
   Second quarter    16,130,000     10,000,000    3,146,000    0.42        0.41
   Third quarter     17,819,000     10,856,000    3,114,000    0.41        0.40
   Fourth quarter    19,719,000     12,082,000    4,488,000    0.59        0.58

2003
   First quarter    $12,675,000    $ 6,794,000   $2,233,000   $0.37       $0.36
   Second quarter    13,433,000      7,511,000    2,540,000    0.43        0.42
   Third quarter     13,854,000      8,057,000    2,228,000    0.36        0.35
   Fourth quarter    14,696,000      8,949,000    3,015,000    0.41        0.40

(Continued)

F-56

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 19 - MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Following are condensed parent company only financial statements.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                       2005           2004
                                                   ------------   ------------
ASSETS
   Cash and cash equivalents                       $  2,045,000   $  1,644,000
   Investment in bank subsidiary                    183,707,000    170,389,000
   Other assets                                       2,898,000      2,792,000
                                                   ------------   ------------
      Total assets                                 $188,650,000   $174,825,000
                                                   ============   ============

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Liabilities                                     $    535,000   $    218,000
   Subordinated debentures                           32,990,000     32,990,000
   Shareholders' equity                             155,125,000    141,617,000
                                                   ------------   ------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $188,650,000   $174,825,000
                                                   ============   ============

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                       2005          2004          2003
                                                   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income
   Dividends from subsidiaries                     $ 4,832,000   $ 4,032,000   $ 3,455,000
   Other                                                46,000        25,000        14,000
                                                   -----------   -----------   -----------
      Total income                                   4,878,000     4,057,000     3,469,000

Expenses
   Interest expense                                  1,837,000     1,402,000     1,617,000
   Other operating expenses                            942,000     1,666,000       611,000
                                                   -----------   -----------   -----------
      Total expenses                                 2,779,000     3,068,000     2,228,000
                                                   -----------   -----------   -----------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN
   UNDISTRIBUTED NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARY            2,099,000       989,000     1,241,000
Federal income tax benefit                            (936,000)   (1,051,000)     (724,000)
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary    14,866,000    11,681,000     8,051,000
                                                   -----------   -----------   -----------
NET INCOME                                         $17,901,000   $13,721,000   $10,016,000
                                                   ===========   ===========   ===========

(Continued)

F-57

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005 and 2004

NOTE 19 - MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                                                               2005           2004           2003
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income                                              $ 17,901,000   $ 13,721,000   $ 10,016,000
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash from operating activities
      Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary          (14,866,000)   (11,681,000)    (8,051,000)
      Change in other assets                                    (98,000)       553,000         95,000
      Change in other liabilities                               317,000       (140,000)       (82,000)
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash from operating activities                   3,254,000      2,453,000      1,978,000

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Net capital investment into subsidiaries                           0    (16,495,000)   (42,600,000)
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash from investing activities                           0    (16,495,000)   (42,600,000)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Net proceeds from sale of common stock                             0              0     42,818,000
   Proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures              0     32,990,000              0
   Pay-off of subordinated debentures                                 0    (16,495,000)             0
   Stock option exercises, net                                   80,000        137,000         36,000
   Employee stock purchase plan                                  97,000         79,000         57,000
   Dividend reinvestment plan                                   159,000        123,000        119,000
   Cash dividends                                            (3,185,000)    (2,552,000)    (1,845,000)
   Fractional shares paid                                        (4,000)        (4,000)             0
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash from financing activities                  (2,853,000)    14,278,000     41,185,000
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents                         401,000        236,000        563,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period              1,644,000      1,408,000        845,000
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                 $  2,045,000   $  1,644,000   $  1,408,000
                                                           ============   ============   ============

F-58

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 23, 2006.

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

/s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
----------------------------------------
Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 23, 2006.

/s/ Betty S. Burton                     /s/ Susan K. Jones
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Betty S. Burton, Director               Susan K. Jones, Director


/s/ David M. Cassard                    /s/ Lawrence W. Larsen
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
David M. Cassard, Director              Lawrence W. Larsen, Director


/s/ Edward J. Clark                     /s/ Calvin D. Murdock
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Edward J. Clark, Director               Calvin D. Murdock, Director


/s/ Peter A. Cordes                     /s/ Michael H. Price
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Peter A. Cordes, Director               Michael H. Price, Director, President
                                        and Chief Operating Officer


/s/ C. John Gill                        /s/ Merle J. Prins
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
C. John Gill, Director                  Merle J. Prins, Director


/s/ Doyle A. Hayes                      /s/ Dale J. Visser
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Doyle A. Hayes, Director                Dale J. Visser, Director


/s/ David M. Hecht                      /s/ Donald Williams, Sr.
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
David M. Hecht, Director                Donald Williams, Sr., Director


/s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.              /s/ Charles E. Christmas
-------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Chairman of     Charles E. Christmas, Senior Vice
the Board and Chief Executive           President, Chief Financial Officer and
Officer (principal executive officer)   Treasurer (principal financial and
                                        accounting officer)


EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
    3.1       Our Articles of Incorporation are incorporated by reference to
              exhibit 3.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004

    3.2       Our Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of January 16, 2003 are
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 of our Registration
              Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-103376) that became
              effective on February 21, 2003

   10.1       Our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference
              to exhibit 10.1 of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2
              (Commission File No. 333-33081) that became effective on October
              23, 1997 *

   10.2       Our 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference
              to exhibit 10.14 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
              2000 *

   10.3       Our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference
              to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
              30, 2004 *

   10.4       Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the 2004 Employee
              Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of
              our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *

   10.5       Our Independent Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by
              reference to exhibit 10.26 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2002 *

   10.6       Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the Independent
              Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit
              10.1 of our Form 8-K dated October 21, 2004 *

   10.7       Nonlender Bonus Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3
              of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *

   10.8       Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for
              Members of the Board of Directors (1999) is incorporated by
              reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement of the
              company and our trust on Form SB-2 (Commission File Nos. 333-84313
              and 333-84313-01) that became effective on September 13, 1999 *

   10.9       Agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated
              September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3
              of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Commission File No.
              333-33081) that became effective on October 23, 1997

   10.10      Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv
              Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated May 12, 2000 extending the
              agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated
              September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15
              of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000

   10.11      Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv
              Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated November 22, 2002 extending the
              agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated
              September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5
              of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002


EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
   10.12      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18,
              2001, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2001 *

   10.13      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18,
              2001, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2001 *

   10.14      Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the
              company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by
              reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2001 *

   10.15      Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the
              company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is incorporated by
              reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2001 *

   10.16      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2002 *

   10.17      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is incorporated
              by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for the year ended
              December 31, 2002 *

   10.18      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2002 *

   10.19      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002,
              among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2002 *

   10.20      Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 28, 2004,
              among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for
              the year ended December 31, 2004 *

   10.21      Agreement between our real estate company and Visser Brothers,
              Inc. dated November 20, 2003, on Standard Form of Agreement
              Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a
              stipulated sum is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of
              our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003

   10.22      Junior Subordinated Indenture between us and Wilmington Trust
              Company dated September 16, 2004 providing for the issuance of the
              Series A and Series B Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due
              2034 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K
              dated December 15, 2004

   10.23      Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated September 16, 2004 for
              Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I is incorporated by reference to
              exhibit 10.2 of our Form 8-K dated December 15, 2004

   10.24      Placement Agreement between us, Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I,
              and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. dated September 16, 2004 is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of our Form 8-K dated
              December 15, 2004


EXHIBIT NO.                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
-----------                           -------------------
   10.25      Guarantee Agreement dated September 16, 2004 between Mercantile as
              Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company as Guarantee Trustee is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of our Form 8-K dated
              December 15, 2004

   10.26      Non-Lender Bonus Plan 2006, is incorporated by reference to
              exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005 *

   10.27      Form of Agreement Amending Stock Option Agreement, dated November
              17, 2005 issued under our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan, is
              incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K dated
              December 12, 2005 *

   10.28      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. *

   10.29      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price *

   10.30      Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr. *

   10.31      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17,
              2005, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas *

   10.32      Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred
              Compensation Agreement, that has been entered into between our
              bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert
              B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers
              of our bank *

   10.33      Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Split Dollar Agreement that
              has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R.
              Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles
              E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank *

   10.34      Director Fee Summary *

   10.35      Lease Agreement between our bank and Joe D. Pentecost Trust dated
              April 29, 2005 for our East Lansing, Michigan office

   10.36      Lease Agreement between our bank and The Conlin Company dated July
              12, 2005 for our Ann Arbor, Michigan office

     21       Subsidiaries of the company

     23       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     31       Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications

    32.1      Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification

    32.2      Section 1350 Chief Financial Officer Certification

* Management contract or compensatory plan


EXHIBIT 10.28

SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT ("Amendment") is made as of the 17th day of November, 2005 by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation (the "Bank", and collectively with the Company, the "Employers", and each an "Employer"), and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. (the "Employee").

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Bank and the Employee have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, as amended by a letter amendment dated October 17, 2002 (the "Employment Agreement").

B. The Company, the Bank and the Employee wish to amend the Employment Agreement to make changes to cause payments under the Employment Agreement to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth herein, the Employers and the Employee amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

1. Section 4 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

4. Participation in Employee Benefit Plans. In addition to the cash compensation payable to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in such employee benefit plans, whether contributory or non-contributory, such as group life and disability insurance plans, hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans or other bonus incentive, profit sharing, stock option, retirement or other employee benefit plans of the Employers as may now or hereafter exist to the extent that the Employee meets the eligibility requirements of any such plans. All such group life and disability insurance plans, and hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans are hereafter referred to as "Life, Disability and Medical Plans". If any bonus or incentive compensation plan payments constitute "deferred compensation" within the meaning of Code Section 409A and applicable Treasury regulations, such deferred compensation will be paid to the Employee within 2 1/2 months after the end of the calendar year in which it is payable, unless such bonus or incentive compensation is deferred pursuant to a timely election into a plan that complies with Code Section 409A.

2. Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


7.1 Disability. In the event the Employee shall become Disabled (as hereinafter defined) during the Employment Period, the Bank or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment under this Agreement by giving him written notice of such termination ("Disability Termination Notice"). In the event of any such termination during the Employment Period, the Bank shall continue to pay the Employee his Base Cash Compensation, at the rate in effect immediately prior to the giving of the Disability Termination Notice, through the end of the Employment Period (through the Termination Date then in effect). In addition, the Employers shall cover the Employee under their disability plans, if any, in effect from time to time under the terms and conditions that such coverage is made available to other employees of the respective Employers, and the Employee shall be entitled to any benefits payable to him under such disability plans. While disabled, the Bank shall continue to provide the Employee and his dependents with coverage under its Life, Disability and Medical Plans until the Employee reaches the age of sixty-five (65) years old to the extent that it may do so under the provisions of such plans, with the Employee's contributions to the premiums under such plans being no more than the amounts he paid for such premiums prior to his disability, adjusted from time to time for normal periodic increases in such premiums applied in general to employees of the Bank.

The Employee shall be "Disabled" for purposes of this Agreement if the Employee (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for at least three (3) months from an Employer's long-term disability policy. The Employee shall be deemed to be Disabled if he is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

3. A new Section 9A is added as follows:

9A. Delay in Severance Payments. If the Employee is a Specified Employee (as hereinafter defined) on the date of termination of employment, then the 18 monthly installments of severance pay described in Sections 8.5(b) and 9 shall be payable as follows. No payments of the monthly installments shall be made within six months after the Employee's termination of employment. On the first business day of the seventh month after the date on which termination of employment occurs, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of seven (7) equal monthly installments. The remaining monthly installments shall be paid on the first business day of each month thereafter.

The Employee is a "Specified Employee" if he is a "key employee" (as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)) and the stock of the Bank or the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise on the date of termination of employment. The Employee is a "key employee" during the period described below if he is one of the following during the 12-month period ending on any December 31 (the "identification date"):

(a) an officer of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as indexed pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(1) -- $140,000 for 2006), provided, that no more than 50 employees (or, if less, the greater of 3 employees or 10% of the employees) shall be treated as officers;

(b) a five percent (5%) owner of the Bank or the Company; or

(c) a one percent (1%) owner of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

If the Employee is a "key employee" as of an identification date, he is treated as a Specified Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.


4. Section 8.5(e) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(e) $10,000 for out-placement, interim office, and related expenses, payable within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the termination of employment.

5. Except as amended herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

The parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

By: /s/ Michael H. Price
    ------------------------------------
Its: President & Chief Operating Officer

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN

By: /s/ Michael H. Price
    ------------------------------------
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer

EMPLOYEE

/s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
----------------------------------------
Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.


EXHIBIT 10.29

SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT ("Amendment") is made as of the 17th day of November, 2005 by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation (the "Bank", and collectively with the Company, the "Employers", and each an "Employer"), and Michael H. Price (the "Employee").

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Bank and the Employee have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, as amended by a letter amendment dated October 17, 2002 (the "Employment Agreement").

B. The Company, the Bank and the Employee wish to amend the Employment Agreement to make changes to cause payments under the Employment Agreement to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth herein, the Employers and the Employee amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

1. Section 4 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

4. Participation in Employee Benefit Plans. In addition to the cash compensation payable to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in such employee benefit plans, whether contributory or non-contributory, such as group life and disability insurance plans, hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans or other bonus incentive, profit sharing, stock option, retirement or other employee benefit plans of the Employers as may now or hereafter exist to the extent that the Employee meets the eligibility requirements of any such plans. All such group life and disability insurance plans, and hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans are hereafter referred to as "Life, Disability and Medical Plans". If any bonus or incentive compensation plan payments constitute "deferred compensation" within the meaning of Code Section 409A and applicable Treasury regulations, such deferred compensation will be paid to the Employee within 2 1/2 months after the end of the calendar year in which it is payable, unless such bonus or incentive compensation is deferred pursuant to a timely election into a plan that complies with Code Section 409A.

2. Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


7.1 Disability. In the event the Employee shall become Disabled (as hereinafter defined) during the Employment Period, the Bank or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment under this Agreement by giving him written notice of such termination ("Disability Termination Notice"). In the event of any such termination during the Employment Period, the Bank shall continue to pay the Employee his Base Cash Compensation, at the rate in effect immediately prior to the giving of the Disability Termination Notice, through the end of the Employment Period (through the Termination Date then in effect). In addition, the Employers shall cover the Employee under their disability plans, if any, in effect from time to time under the terms and conditions that such coverage is made available to other employees of the respective Employers, and the Employee shall be entitled to any benefits payable to him under such disability plans. While disabled, the Bank shall continue to provide the Employee and his dependents with coverage under its Life, Disability and Medical Plans until the Employee reaches the age of sixty-five (65) years old to the extent that it may do so under the provisions of such plans, with the Employee's contributions to the premiums under such plans being no more than the amounts he paid for such premiums prior to his disability, adjusted from time to time for normal periodic increases in such premiums applied in general to employees of the Bank.

The Employee shall be "Disabled" for purposes of this Agreement if the Employee (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for at least three (3) months from an Employer's long-term disability policy. The Employee shall be deemed to be Disabled if he is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

3. A new Section 9A is added as follows:

9A. Delay in Severance Payments. If the Employee is a Specified Employee (as hereinafter defined) on the date of termination of employment, then the 18 monthly installments of severance pay described in Sections 8.5(b) and 9 shall be payable as follows. No payments of the monthly installments shall be made within six months after the Employee's termination of employment. On the first business day of the seventh month after the date on which termination of employment occurs, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of seven (7) equal monthly installments. The remaining monthly installments shall be paid on the first business day of each month thereafter.

The Employee is a "Specified Employee" if he is a "key employee" (as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)) and the stock of the Bank or the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise on the date of termination of employment. The Employee is a "key employee" during the period described below if he is one of the following during the 12-month period ending on any December 31 (the "identification date"):

(a) an officer of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as indexed pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(1) -- $140,000 for 2006), provided, that no more than 50 employees (or, if less, the greater of 3 employees or 10% of the employees) shall be treated as officers;

(b) a five percent (5%) owner of the Bank or the Company; or

(c) a one percent (1%) owner of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

If the Employee is a "key employee" as of an identification date, he is treated as a Specified Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.


4. Section 8.5(e) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(e) $10,000 for out-placement, interim office, and related expenses, payable within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the termination of employment.

5. Except as amended herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

The parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

By: /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Its: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN

By: /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Its: Chairman

EMPLOYEE

/s/ Michael H. Price
----------------------------------------
Michael H. Price


EXHIBIT 10.30

THIRD AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT ("Amendment") is made as of the 17th day of November, 2005 by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation (the "Bank", and collectively with the Company, the "Employers", and each an "Employer"), and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr. (the "Employee").

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Bank and the Employee have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, as amended by a letter amendment dated October 17, 2002 and by a letter amendment dated October 28, 2004 (the "Employment Agreement").

B. The Company, the Bank and the Employee wish to amend the Employment Agreement to make changes to cause payments under the Employment Agreement to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth herein, the Employers and the Employee amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

1. Section 4 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

4. Participation in Employee Benefit Plans. In addition to the cash compensation payable to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in such employee benefit plans, whether contributory or non-contributory, such as group life and disability insurance plans, hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans or other bonus incentive, profit sharing, stock option, retirement or other employee benefit plans of the Employers as may now or hereafter exist to the extent that the Employee meets the eligibility requirements of any such plans. All such group life and disability insurance plans, and hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans are hereafter referred to as "Life, Disability and Medical Plans". If any bonus or incentive compensation plan payments constitute "deferred compensation" within the meaning of Code Section 409A and applicable Treasury regulations, such deferred compensation will be paid to the Employee within 2 1/2 months after the end of the calendar year in which it is payable, unless such bonus or incentive compensation is deferred pursuant to a timely election into a plan that complies with Code Section 409A.

2. Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


7.1 Disability. In the event the Employee shall become Disabled (as hereinafter defined) during the Employment Period, the Bank or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment under this Agreement by giving him written notice of such termination ("Disability Termination Notice"). In the event of any such termination during the Employment Period, the Bank shall continue to pay the Employee his Base Cash Compensation, at the rate in effect immediately prior to the giving of the Disability Termination Notice, through the end of the Employment Period (through the Termination Date then in effect). In addition, the Employers shall cover the Employee under their disability plans, if any, in effect from time to time under the terms and conditions that such coverage is made available to other employees of the respective Employers, and the Employee shall be entitled to any benefits payable to him under such disability plans. While disabled, the Bank shall continue to provide the Employee and his dependents with coverage under its Life, Disability and Medical Plans until the Employee reaches the age of sixty-five (65) years old to the extent that it may do so under the provisions of such plans, with the Employee's contributions to the premiums under such plans being no more than the amounts he paid for such premiums prior to his disability, adjusted from time to time for normal periodic increases in such premiums applied in general to employees of the Bank.

The Employee shall be "Disabled" for purposes of this Agreement if the Employee (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for at least three (3) months from an Employer's long-term disability policy. The Employee shall be deemed to be Disabled if he is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

3. A new Section 9A is added as follows:

9A. Delay in Severance Payments. If the Employee is a Specified Employee (as hereinafter defined) on the date of termination of employment, then the 18 monthly installments of severance pay described in Sections 8.5(b) and 9 shall be payable as follows. No payments of the monthly installments shall be made within six months after the Employee's termination of employment. On the first business day of the seventh month after the date on which termination of employment occurs, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of seven (7) equal monthly installments. The remaining monthly installments shall be paid on the first business day of each month thereafter.

The Employee is a "Specified Employee" if he is a "key employee" (as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)) and the stock of the Bank or the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise on the date of termination of employment. The Employee is a "key employee" during the period described below if he is one of the following during the 12-month period ending on any December 31 (the "identification date"):

(a) an officer of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as indexed pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(1) -- $140,000 for 2006), provided, that no more than 50 employees (or, if less, the greater of 3 employees or 10% of the employees) shall be treated as officers;

(b) a five percent (5%) owner of the Bank or the Company; or

(c) a one percent (1%) owner of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

If the Employee is a "key employee" as of an identification date, he is treated as a Specified Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.


4. Section 8.5(e) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(e) $10,000 for out-placement, interim office, and related expenses, payable within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the termination of employment.

5. Except as amended herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

The parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

By: /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Its: Chairman and Chief Executive
     Officer

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN

By: /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Its: Chairman

EMPLOYEE

/s/ Robert B. Kaminski, Jr.
----------------------------------------
Robert B. Kaminski, Jr.


EXHIBIT 10.31

SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT ("Amendment") is made as of the 17th day of November, 2005 by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation (the "Bank", and collectively with the Company, the "Employers", and each an "Employer"), and Charles E. Christmas (the "Employee").

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Bank and the Employee have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, as amended by a letter amendment dated October 17, 2002 (the "Employment Agreement").

B. The Company, the Bank and the Employee wish to amend the Employment Agreement to make changes to cause payments under the Employment Agreement to be in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth herein, the Employers and the Employee amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

1. Section 4 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

4. Participation in Employee Benefit Plans. In addition to the cash compensation payable to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to participate in such employee benefit plans, whether contributory or non-contributory, such as group life and disability insurance plans, hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans or other bonus incentive, profit sharing, stock option, retirement or other employee benefit plans of the Employers as may now or hereafter exist to the extent that the Employee meets the eligibility requirements of any such plans. All such group life and disability insurance plans, and hospital, surgical, vision and dental benefit plans are hereafter referred to as "Life, Disability and Medical Plans". If any bonus or incentive compensation plan payments constitute "deferred compensation" within the meaning of Code Section 409A and applicable Treasury regulations, such deferred compensation will be paid to the Employee within 2 1/2 months after the end of the calendar year in which it is payable, unless such bonus or incentive compensation is deferred pursuant to a timely election into a plan that complies with Code Section 409A.

2. Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


7.1 Disability. In the event the Employee shall become Disabled (as hereinafter defined) during the Employment Period, the Bank or the Company may terminate the Employee's employment under this Agreement by giving him written notice of such termination ("Disability Termination Notice"). In the event of any such termination during the Employment Period, the Bank shall continue to pay the Employee his Base Cash Compensation, at the rate in effect immediately prior to the giving of the Disability Termination Notice, through the end of the Employment Period (through the Termination Date then in effect). In addition, the Employers shall cover the Employee under their disability plans, if any, in effect from time to time under the terms and conditions that such coverage is made available to other employees of the respective Employers, and the Employee shall be entitled to any benefits payable to him under such disability plans. While disabled, the Bank shall continue to provide the Employee and his dependents with coverage under its Life, Disability and Medical Plans until the Employee reaches the age of sixty-five (65) years old to the extent that it may do so under the provisions of such plans, with the Employee's contributions to the premiums under such plans being no more than the amounts he paid for such premiums prior to his disability, adjusted from time to time for normal periodic increases in such premiums applied in general to employees of the Bank.

The Employee shall be "Disabled" for purposes of this Agreement if the Employee (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for at least three (3) months from an Employer's long-term disability policy. The Employee shall be deemed to be Disabled if he is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

3. A new Section 9A is added as follows:

9A. Delay in Severance Payments. If the Employee is a Specified Employee (as hereinafter defined) on the date of termination of employment, then the 18 monthly installments of severance pay described in Sections 8.5(b) and 9 shall be payable as follows. No payments of the monthly installments shall be made within six months after the Employee's termination of employment. On the first business day of the seventh month after the date on which termination of employment occurs, the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of seven (7) equal monthly installments. The remaining monthly installments shall be paid on the first business day of each month thereafter.

The Employee is a "Specified Employee" if he is a "key employee" (as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to Code Section 416(i)(5)) and the stock of the Bank or the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise on the date of termination of employment. The Employee is a "key employee" during the period described below if he is one of the following during the 12-month period ending on any December 31 (the "identification date"):

(a) an officer of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as indexed pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(1) -- $140,000 for 2006), provided, that no more than 50 employees (or, if less, the greater of 3 employees or 10% of the employees) shall be treated as officers;

(b) a five percent (5%) owner of the Bank or the Company; or

(c) a one percent (1%) owner of the Bank or the Company with annual compensation of more than $150,000.

If the Employee is a "key employee" as of an identification date, he is treated as a Specified Employee for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.


4. Section 8.5(e) is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(e) $10,000 for out-placement, interim office, and related expenses, payable within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the termination of employment.

5. Except as amended herein, the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

The parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

By: /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Its: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN

By: /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
Its: Chairman

EMPLOYEE

/s/ Charles E. Christmas
----------------------------------------
Charles E. Christmas


EXHIBIT 10.32

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this day ___ of ____, 200__ by and between MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN, a state-chartered commercial bank, located in Grand Rapids, Michigan (the "Company"), and (the "Executive").

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to provide to the Executive a deferred compensation opportunity. The Company will pay the Executive's benefits from the Company's general assets. Executive is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2) and 301(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

AGREEMENT

The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Anniversary Date" means December 31 of each year.

1.2 "Change of Control" means the transfer of shares of the Company's voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company's outstanding voting common stock followed within twelve (12) months by the Executive's Termination of Employment for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement.

1.3 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.4 "Compensation" means the total salary and bonus paid to the Executive during a Plan Year.

1.5 "Deferral Account" means the Company's accounting of the Executive's accumulated Deferrals plus accrued interest.

1.6 "Deferrals" means the amount of the Executive's Compensation, which the Executive elects to defer according to this Agreement.

1.7 "Disability" means the Participant's suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Participant, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Participant totally and permanently disabled. The Participant must submit proof to the Company of the carrier's or Social Security Administration's determination upon the request of the Company.

1.8 "Effective Date" means _____________.

1.9 "Deferral Election" means the Form attached as Exhibit 1.

1.10 "Form of Benefit Election" means the Form attached as Exhibit 2.

1.11 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

1.12 "Normal Retirement Date" means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.


1.13 "Plan Year" means the calendar year.

1.14 "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute over the employment status of the Executive or the date of the Executive's Termination of Employment, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute.

ARTICLE 2
DEFERRAL ELECTION

2.1 Initial Election. The Executive shall make an initial deferral election under this Agreement by filing with the Company a signed Deferral Election form within 30 days after the Effective Date of this Agreement. The Deferral Election form shall set forth the amount of Compensation to be deferred and shall be effective to defer only Compensation earned after the date the Deferral Election form is received by the Company.

2.2 Election Changes

2.2.1 Generally. Upon the Company's approval, the Executive may modify the amount of Compensation to be deferred annually by filing a new Deferral Election form with the Company prior to the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Compensation is to be deferred. The modified deferral election shall not be effective until the calendar year following the year in which the subsequent Deferral Election form is received and approved by the Company.

2.2.2 Hardship. If an unforeseeable financial emergency arising from the death of a family member, divorce, sickness, injury, catastrophe or similar event outside the control of the Executive occurs, the Executive, by written instructions to the Company, may reduce future deferrals under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3
DEFERRAL ACCOUNT

3.1 Establishing and Crediting. The Company shall establish a Deferral Account on its books for the Executive and shall credit to the Deferral Account the following amounts:

3.1.1 Deferrals. The Compensation deferred by the Executive as of the time the Compensation would have otherwise been paid to the Executive.

3.1.2 Interest. On each Anniversary Date of this Agreement and immediately prior to the payment of any benefits, interest is to be credited on the account balance at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal adjusted quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1, compounded monthly.

3.2 Statement of Accounts. The Company shall provide to the Executive, within 120 days after each Anniversary Date, a statement setting forth the Deferral Account balance.

3.3 Accounting Device Only. The Deferral Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement. The Deferral Account is not a trust fund of any kind. The Executive is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the payment of benefits. The benefits represent the mere Company promise to pay such benefits. The Executive's rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive's creditors.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFITS DURING LIFETIME

4.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.


4.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the Deferral Account balance at the Executive's Normal Retirement Date.

4.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in the manner elected by the Executive on the Form of Benefit Election, attached as Exhibit 2.

4.2 Early Retirement Benefit. Upon Termination of Employment prior to the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Change of Control or Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this
Section 4.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

4.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.2 is the Deferral Account balance at the Executive's Termination of Employment.

4.2.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in the manner elected by the Executive on the Form of Benefit Election, attached as Exhibit 2.

4.3 Disability Benefit. If the Executive terminates employment due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

4.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.3 is the Deferral Account balance at the Executive's Termination of Employment.

4.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in the manner elected by the Executive on the Form of Benefit Election, attached as Exhibit 2.

4.4 Change of Control Benefit. Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

4.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.4 is the Deferral Account balance on the Executive's Termination of Employment.

4.4.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in the manner elected by the Executive on the Form of Benefit Election, attached as Exhibit 2.

4.5 Hardship Distribution. Upon the Board of Director's determination (following petition by the Executive) that the Executive has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency as described in Section 2.2.2, the Company shall distribute to the Executive all or a portion of the Deferral Account balance as determined by the Company, but in no event shall the distribution be greater than is necessary to relieve the financial hardship.

ARTICLE 5
DEATH BENEFITS

5.1 Death During Active Employment. If the Executive dies while in the employment of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

5.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 5.1 is the Deferral Account balance at the Executive's Termination of Employment.

5.1.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive's beneficiary in the manner elected by the Executive on the Form of Benefit Election, attached as Exhibit 2.

5.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit. If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive's beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.


5.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Benefit Payments Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Executive's beneficiary that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Executive's death.

ARTICLE 6
BENEFICIARIES

6.1 Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and received by the Company during the Executive's lifetime. The Executive's beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

6.2 Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 7
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

7.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement that is in excess of the Executive's Deferrals if the Executive's employment is terminated as a result of:

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive's employment with the Company;

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive's employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company;

(d) Suicide within two years after the date of this Agreement; or

(e) Material misstatement of fact on an employment application or resume provided to the Company.

ARTICLE 8
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

8.1 Claims Procedure. A Participant or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

8.1.1. Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

8.1.2. Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.


8.1.3. Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

8.1.3.1 The specific reasons for the denial.

8.1.3.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based.

8.1.3.3 A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed.

8.1.3.4 An explanation of the Plan's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

8.1.3.5 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502 (a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

8.2 Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

8.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company's notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

8.2.2. Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

8.2.3. Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered, in the initial benefit determination.

8.2.4. Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60 day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

8.2.5. Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

8.2.5.1 The specific reasons for the denial.

8.2.5.2 A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based.

8.2.5.3 A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

8.2.5.4 A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502 (a).

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.


ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

10.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

10.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

10.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

10.5 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

10.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and the Executive's beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive's life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and the Executive's beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

10.7 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term "Company" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

10.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

10.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement.

10.10 Named Fiduciary. For purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if applicable, the Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized Company officer have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                              COMPANY:

                                        MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN


-------------------------------------   BY
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        TITLE
                                              ----------------------------------

                                    EXHIBIT 1
                                       TO

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
DEFERRAL ELECTION

I elect to defer my Compensation received under this Agreement with the Company, as follows:

                                         AMOUNT OF BONUS DEFERRAL
                                        2006 BONUS, DETERMINED ON
    AMOUNT OF SALARY DEFERRAL                SERVICE IN 2005                        DURATION
---------------------------------   ---------------------------------   -------------------------------
[INITIAL AND COMPLETE ONE]          [INITIAL AND COMPLETE ONE]          [INITIAL ONE]

___  I elect to defer ____% of my   ___  I elect to defer ____% of my   ___  One Year only
     Salary.                             Bonus.
                                                                        ___  For ______ [INSERT NUMBER]
___  I elect to defer $______ of    ___  I elect to defer $______ of         Years
     my Salary.                          my Bonus.
                                                                        ___  Until Termination
___  I elect not to defer any of    ___  I elect not to defer any of         of Employment
     my Salary.                          my Bonus.
                                                                        ___  Until ___________,
                                                                             ___________ (date)

I understand that I may cancel an outstanding deferral election, and may change the amount of deferrals by filing a new election form with Mercantile Bank of Michigan. However, any change other than cancellation in the amount of deferrals will not be effective until twelve months following the time in which the new election form is received by Mercantile Bank of Michigan.

SIGNATURE

Date

Received by the Company this ________ day of ___________________, 200__.

By

Title

EXHIBIT 2
FORM OF BENEFIT ELECTION
FOR
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

The Executive understands that he or she may not change the Form of Benefit elected, however, the Company will allow the Executive to file a petition with the Company requesting an alternate payment Agreement and the Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accept or reject such a request.

I elect to receive benefits under the Agreement in the following form:

4.1.2 NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in __ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Normal Retirement Date. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Normal Retirement Date.

4.2.2 EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in ____ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Normal Retirement Age. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in ____ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Termination of Employment. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Termination of Employment.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Normal Retirement Age.

4.3.2 DISABILITY BENEFIT

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in ___ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Normal Retirement Age. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in ____ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Termination of Employment. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Termination of Employment.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Normal Retirement Age.


4.4.2 CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFIT

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in ____ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Normal Retirement Age. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in _____ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's Termination of Employment. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Termination of Employment.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's Normal Retirement Age.

5.1.2 DEATH BENEFIT

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive's beneficiary in ____ equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executive's death. The Company shall credit interest pursuant to Section 3.1.3 on the remaining account balance during any applicable installment period.

___ The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive's beneficiary in a lump sum within 60 days from the Executive's death.

SIGNATURE

Date

Received by the Company this ________ day of ___________________, 200__.

By

Title

EXHIBIT 10.33

MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this _______ day of _________________, 2005, by and between Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Grand Rapids, Michigan (the "Company"), and _____________ (the "Executive").

INTRODUCTION

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive's life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

AGREEMENT

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 "Insured" means the Executive.

1.2 "Insurer" means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement

1.3 "Net Death Proceeds" means the total death proceeds of the Policy minus the cash surrender value.

1.4 "Policy" means the specific life insurance policy issued by the Insurer.

1.5 "Termination of Employment" means the Executive ceasing to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

ARTICLE 2
POLICY OWNERSHIP/INTERESTS

2.1 Company Ownership. The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the interest of the Executive or the Executive's transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

2.2 Executive's Interest. The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of an amount of death proceeds equal to the lesser of: a) $300,000 (Three hundred thousand dollars) or b) the net amount of insurance at time of death. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. However, the Executive, the Executive's transferee or the Executive's beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

2.3 Option to Purchase. The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive's transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.


ARTICLE 3
PREMIUMS

3.1 Premium Payment. The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

3.2 Economic Benefit. The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive's age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive's beneficiary. The "current term rate" is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

ARTICLE 4
ASSIGNMENT

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive's interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive's interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive's interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive's transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5
INSURER

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1 Claims Procedure. A Participant or beneficiary ("claimant") who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

6.1.1. Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

6.1.2. Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

6.1.3. Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial.

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based.

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed.

(d) An explanation of the Plan's review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

(e) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502 (a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

6.2 Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:


6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company's notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

6.2.2. Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits.

6.2.3. Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered, in the initial benefit determination.

6.2.4. Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60 day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

6.2.5. Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(a) The specific reasons for the denial.

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based.

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant's claim for benefits, and

(d) A statement of the claimant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502 (a).

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by the Company. The Company will notify the Executive of any amendments or termination. However, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Executive's Termination of Employment.

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company's right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate employment at any time.

8.3 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or


continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

8.5 Notice. Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE:                              COMPANY:
                                        MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN


-------------------------------------   BY
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        TITLE
                                              ----------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.34

DIRECTOR FEE SUMMARY

Set forth below is a summary of the current director fee arrangements for non-employee directors serving on the Boards of Directors of Mercantile Bank Corporation ("Mercantile") and its wholly owned subsidiary, Mercantile Bank of Michigan.

For 2006, non-employee directors of the Bank are paid an annual retainer of $12,000, and a fee of $700 for each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank that they attend. In addition, non-employee directors are paid a meeting fee of $700 for each meeting of the Audit Committee, $600 for each meeting of the Compensation Committee and Nominating Committee, and $400 for each meeting of other committees of the Board of Directors of the Bank that they attend. Non-employee directors are also paid fees of the same amount for meetings of Mercantile's Board of Directors and its committees, when for Board meetings there is not also a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank on the same day, and for committee meetings when there is not also a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank having the same name or function on the same day. For meetings that are held by telephone or other remote communications equipment, the meeting fees are half the amount described above. Annual retainer fees are also paid to the Chairmen of three of the committees of Mercantile's Board of Directors. The annual retainer is, for the Chairman of the Audit Committee -- $6,000, for the Chairman of the Compensation Committee -- $4,000, and for the Chairman of the Nominating Committee -- $4,000.

The same persons currently serve on the Boards of Directors of Mercantile and the Bank. Under the Bank's deferred compensation plan for non-employee directors, directors may elect to defer the receipt of the annual retainer and meeting fees until they are no longer serving on the Board.


Exhibit 10.35

PENTECOST PLAZA
AGREEMENT OF LEASE

THIS LEASE made this 29th day of April, 2005, by and between

Landlord:

Joe D. Pentecost Trust
1651 W. Lake Lansing Avenue, Suite #200 East Lansing, Michigan 48823
(517)336-5000 fax(517) 336-5882

and Tenant:

Mercantile Bank of West Michigan 5650 Byron Center Avenue, SW Wyoming, MI 49519
(616) 406-3780 fax(616) 406-3737

ARTICLE 1. NONSTANDARD PROVISIONS

The following entries constitute the nonstandard provisions of the Lease and referred to elsewhere herein:

(a) Premises: 1651 W. Lake Lansing Road, Suite #300, East Lansing, MI 48823

(b) Leased Premises: A portion of the first floor of the Premises consisting of approximately 7714 sq ft as described in Exhibit A. Tenant's pro-rata share of the Premises is 66.95% ("Tenant's Pro-Rata Share")

(c) The term of this Lease shall be 24 months and shall commence on the 15th day of June 2005, and end on the 15th day of June 2007.

(d) Monthly Rental is due on the 1st day of each month in advance in the amount of Nine Thousand Three Hundred and Twenty One Dollars and xx/100 ($9321.00). Rent for said term is the sum of Two Hundred Twenty Three Thousand Seven Hundred Four Dollars and xx/100 ($223,704.00). In addition to the monthly rental, upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a one time fee of $15,000 (which fee will not be payable upon any extension of this Lease as described below).

(e) Use of premises by Tenant: OFFICE AND BANK BRANCH

(f) Security Deposit: Five Thousand Dollars and xx/100 ($5000.00)

(g) This Lease, together with Exhibits A (Site Plan and legal description), B (Rules and Regulations), C (Signage), and D (floor plan) referred to herein, embodies the entire agreement between the parties.

(h) Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of this lease for Two (2) additional Three (3) year periods by providing written notice via certified mail, return receipt requested to Landlord of the exercise of each such option not less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the current or extended term of this Lease. Each extension shall be upon the same terms and conditions as this lease; provided that the

Page 1

monthly rental for the first option term shall be $9,881 and the monthly rental for the second option term shall be $10,474.

(i) The provisions of this section (i) shall govern notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease. The Landlord shall not have access to the Premises unless supervised by representatives of Tenant, except in case of emergency to save property or life or Tenant unreasonably fails to provide supervision (after reasonable notice) for any access granted to Landlord under the terms hereof. Landlord shall have no access to Tenant's Confidential Information (as defined below). In the event Landlord obtains any Confidential Information, all such Confidential Information shall be immediately returned to Tenant and held in confidence by Landlord to the same extent and using at least the same degree of care as Landlord uses to protect its own confidential or proprietary information, but in no event less than reasonable care. Landlord shall not disclose, publish, release, transfer or otherwise make available Confidential Information in any form to, or for the use or benefit of, any other person or entity. "Confidential Information" shall mean all confidential or proprietary information of Tenant, including trade secrets and documentation, and all "nonpublic personal information" as such term is defined under Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1138), as it may be amended from time to time, the regulations promulgated thereunder or other applicable law.

(j) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord covenants and agrees that during the term of this Lease and any extension: (i) no part of the Premises occupied by any other person shall be used as a site for the operation of a bank, mortgage company, or other financial institution and (ii) no banking, mortgage, or other financial services shall be provided from any part of the Premises not occupied by Tenant including, without limitation, the providing of services through automated teller machine(s) or cash dissemination machine(s); provided, however, the following activities and operations shall be permitted: stockbroker, brokerage houses, insurance agency, financial planner, investment advisor, realtor or law practice (the "Restrictive Covenant"). In the event of a violation or breach of the Restrictive Covenant, Tenant, shall have the right to proceed at law or in equity to compel compliance with the Restrictive Covenant or to prevent its violation or breach and the fee title owner of the Premises at the time of such violation/breach shall reimburse Tenant for all costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred in enforcing the Restrictive Covenant. No failure of Tenant to enforce its rights hereunder shall be construed to constitute a waiver thereof.

ARTICLE 2. PREMISES

Landlord, in consideration of the rent to be paid and the covenants to be performed by Tenant, does hereby demise and lease unto Tenant and Tenant hereby rents from Landlord, those certain premises, which is shown and legally described on the site plan marked Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, such leased premises being cross-hatched on Exhibit D (floor plan). The leased premises extend to the exterior face of the exterior walls and the centerline of the demising walls separating the leased premises from the premises of other tenants.

Tenant has examined the leased premises and knowingly accepts the present condition of same, and acknowledges that such condition is satisfactory for its purposes.

ARTICLE 3. TERM

The term of the Lease shall be as set forth in Article 1(c).

ARTICLE 4. RENT

Tenant shall pay the Landlord the monthly rental which is set forth in Article l(d) in advance on the first day of each calendar month during said term, made payable and addressed to Landlord as set forth on page 1 of this Lease, or such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. The

2

installment of rent payable for any portion, less than all, of a calendar month shall be a pro-rata portion of the installment payable for a full calendar month.

ARTICLE 5. REAL ESTATE AND PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES

Tenant shall annually pay (within 30 days after invoice) Tenant's Pro-Rata Share (as set forth in section l(b) above) of real estate taxes and assessments assessed against the Premises prorated to cover the term of this Lease. Tenant to pay all personal property taxes on fixtures, equipment, inventory, etc. owned or leased by tenant.

ARTICLE 6. USE OF PREMISES AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Tenant agrees that the leased premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant only for the purpose specified as the use thereof in Section l(e) and for no other purpose or purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord.

Tenant agrees to comply promptly with all laws, ordinances, orders, and regulations affecting the leased premises and the cleanliness, safety, operation, and use thereof. Tenant also agrees to comply with the reasonable recommendations of an insurance company, inspection bureau or similar agency selected by Landlord with respect to the leased premises.

Tenant agrees not to:

(A) Permit any unlawful or immoral practice to be carried on or committed on the leased premises.

(B) Make any use of or allow the leased premises to be used in any manner or for any purpose that might invalidate or increase the rate of Landlord's insurance thereof, except that Tenant may use the Premises for the purposes described in section 1(e).

(C) Keep or use or permit to be kept or used on said leased premises any inflammable fluids or explosives without in each instance obtaining the prior written approval of Landlord.

(D) No waste, nuisance, or damage shall be committed upon or to the demised premises.

ARTICLE 7. COMMON AREAS

Landlord agrees to cause to be operated, managed, and maintained in good and clean working order during the term of this Lease all common areas, parking areas, roads, sidewalks, landscaping, drainage, and common area lighting facilities related to the Premises.

The manner in which such areas and facilities shall be maintained and operated and the expenditures therefor by Landlord shall be commercially reasonable and the use of such areas and facilities shall be subject to such reasonable regulations as Landlord shall make from time to time. Tenant shall pay Tenant's Pro-Rata Share (as set forth in section l(b) above) of all common area expenses.

Landlord hereby grants to Tenant and Tenant's customers and invitees the right to use, subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, the common areas in the Premises. The use of the common areas by Tenant and Tenant's customers and invitees shall be subject to the rights of Landlord under the terms of this Lease and shall be used by Tenant, its agents, employees, customers, and invitees in common with agents, employees, customers, and invitees of Landlord, the other owners, occupants, and tenants from time to time in the Premises. Tenant shall make no use of the common areas which shall interfere in any way with the use of the common areas by others or with the business of any other Tenant or with the Landlord. The use of all common areas shall be subject to the rules and regulations from time to time approved by Landlord.

ARTICLE 8. ALTERATIONS BY TENANT

Tenant shall not make or cause to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements to the leased premises or install or cause to be installed any exterior signs, floor covering, interior or exterior lighting, plumbing fixtures, shades, canopies or awnings, or make any changes to the leased premises

3

without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall present to the Landlord plans and specifications for such work at the time approval is sought.

All alterations, decorations, additions, and improvements made by Tenant shall be deemed to have been attached to the leasehold and to have become the property of Landlord upon such attachment and upon expiration of this Lease or any renewal term thereof. The Tenant shall not remove any of such alterations, decorations, additions, and improvements except trade fixtures installed by Tenant (including safes, surveillance equipment and similar fixtures) and personal property of Tenant (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant's Property"). Landlord, at the expiration of the term, may elect to require Tenant to remove all or any part of Tenant's Property and/or the alterations made by Tenant, and, in such event, such removal shall be done at Tenant's cost and expense, and Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, repair any damage to the leased premises or the building caused by such removal, provided that Landlord may remove such Tenants Property and/or alterations, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord's cost of removal within ten (10) days after the receipt of a bill therefor. In the event Landlord does not so elect and Tenant vacates the leased premises without so removing Tenant's Property, such Tenant's Property and/or alterations, shall become Landlord's property.

ARTICLE 9. ALTERATIONS BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at any time to make alterations, modifications, reductions, expansions, or additions to, any portion of the Premises (other than the leased premises), provided that such actions do not interfere with Tenant's business or impair the value of the leased premises.

ARTICLE 10. MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES

Landlord shall, at its expense, keep, maintain and repair the Premises (other than interior leased premises), including all mechanical systems, structural components and roof, in good working order and repair at all times and shall make all necessary replacements of such systems, components and roof. Lessee is responsible for nonstructural repairs and maintenance replacements on Lessee's premises. Tenant shall replace all light bulbs and janitorial supplies in the leased premises.

Tenant shall keep and maintain the interior leased premises in a clean, sanitary, and safe condition in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan and in accordance with all directions, rules, and regulations of the health officer, fire marshal, building inspector, or other proper officials of the governmental agencies having jurisdiction, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall comply with all requirements of law, ordinance and otherwise, affecting said interior leased premises. If Tenant refuses or neglects to commence and to complete repairs promptly and adequately, Landlord may, but shall not be required to do so, make and complete said repairs, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof to Landlord upon demand. At the time of the expiration of the tenancy created herein, Tenant shall surrender the leased premises in good condition, reasonable wear and tear, loss by fire or other unavoidable casualty excepted.

ARTICLE 11. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

Tenant shall, during the entire term hereof, keep in full force and effect a policy of public liability and property damage insurance with respect to the leased premises and the business operated by Tenant and any subtenants of Tenant in the leased premises, in which the limits of public liability shall not be less than Two Million ($2,000,000) Dollars per person per accident and in which the limit of property damage liability shall not be less than Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) Dollars. Such insurance may be furnished by Tenant under any blanket policy carried by it or under a separate policy therefor.

Landlord agrees, during the term hereof, to carry insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief, and such other perils as are from time to time included in a standard extended coverage endorsement and, at Landlord's option, special extended coverage endorsements insuring the improvements to the Premises in an amount determined solely by Landlord but not less than One Hundred (100%) Percent of the full replacement cost, if available. Tenant will pay Tenant's Pro-Rata Share (as set forth in section

4

or responsibility for any direct or consequential loss, injury, or damage to the premises or its contents, caused by fire or any other casualty, during the term of this Lease, even if such fire or other casualty may have been caused by the negligence (but not willful act) of the other party or one for whom such party may be responsible. Inasmuch as the above mutual waivers will preclude the assignment of any aforesaid claim by way of subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person), each party hereto agrees, if required by said policies, to give to each insurance company which has issued to it fire and other property insurance, written notice of the terms of said mutual waivers and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waivers.

ARTICLE 12. UTILITIES

Tenant will be responsible for Tenant's Pro-Rata Share (as set forth in section l(b) above) of all charges for water, sewer, and trash removal, furnished to the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for all charges for electricity, gas, telephone and janitorial services provided directly to (or metered to) the leased premises.

ARTICLE 13. ATTORNMENT AND SUBORDINATION

At any time and from time to time, Tenant agrees, within ten (10) days after request in writing from Landlord, to execute and deliver to Landlord, for the benefit of such persons as Landlord names in such request, a statement in writing and in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord certifying to the following information as Landlord shall request:

(A) This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant and is unmodified and that this lease is in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications);

(B) The amount of and dates to which the rent and other charges hereunder have been paid and the amount of any security deposited with Landlord;

(C) The leased premises have been renovated on or before the date of such letter and that all conditions precedent to the Lease taking effect have been carried out;

(D) The tenant has accepted possession, that the lease term has commenced, that Tenant is occupying the leased premises and that Tenant knows of no default under the Lease by the Landlord, and that there are no defaults or offsets which Tenant has against enforcement of this Lease by Landlord (or, if in default, the nature thereof in detail);

(E) The actual Commencement Date of the Lease and Expiration Date of the Lease; and,

(F) The Tenant's business located in the leased premises is open and operating, provided all of the foregoing facts are true and ascertainable.

ARTICLE 14. OWNERSHIP, ASSIGNMENT, AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall not transfer, assign, sublet, mortgage, enter into a license or concession agreement or hypothecate this Lease or Tenant's interest in and to the leased premises, or permit any transfer of Tenant's interest created hereby or allow any liens upon Tenant's interest by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the leased premises or any part thereof by anyone other than Tenant without first obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 16. EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole of the leased premises shall be taken by any public authority under the power of eminent domain, then the term of this Lease shall cease as of the day possession shall be taken by such public authority, and the rent shall be paid up to that day with a proportionate refund by Landlord of such rent as may have been paid in advance for a period subsequent to the date of the taking.

5

If only a part of the leased premises shall be taken by any public authority under the power of eminent domain, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease and declare the same null and void by written notice of such intention to the other party within ten (10) days after such taking. In the event neither party exercises said right of termination, this Lease term shall cease only on the part so taken as of the day possession shall be taken by such public authority and Tenant shall pay rent up to that day, with appropriate refund by Landlord of such rent as may have been paid in advance for a period subsequent to the date of the taking, and thereafter all the terms herein provided shall continue in effect, except that the fixed monthly rental shall be reduced in proportion to the amount of the leased premises taken and Landlord shall at its own cost and expense make all the necessary repairs or alterations to the basic building as originally installed by Landlord so as to constitute the remaining leased premises a complete architectural unit.

All damages awarded for such taking under the power of eminent domain, whether for the whole or a part of the leased premises, shall belong to and be the property of Landlord, whether such damages shall be awarded as compensation for diminution in value to the leasehold or to the fee of the premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to the award made for depreciation to, and cost of removal of, Tenant's stock and fixtures.

ARTICLE 17. DEFAULT OF TENANT

In the event of any failure of Tenant to pay any rental or other charges due hereunder on the day the same shall be due, or any failure to perform any other of the terms, conditions, or covenants of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant for more than ten (10) days after written notice of such default shall have been mailed to Tenant, or if Tenant shall abandon said premises or permit this Lease to be taken under any writ of execution, then the Landlord, besides other rights or remedies it may have, shall have the right to declare this Lease terminated and the term ended and/or shall have the immediate right of re-entry and may remove all persons and property from the leased premises, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, without evidence of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby.

Should Landlord elect to re-enter, as herein provided, or should it take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided for by law, it may either terminate this Lease or it may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to relet the premises, and relet said premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable.

Upon each such reletting, all rentals and other sums received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs and expenses of such reletting, including reasonable brokerage fees and attorneys' fees and of costs of such alterations and repairs and costs of moving other tenants in the Premises in order to relet the leased premises, such as repairs and alterations to other portions of the Premises or reduced rental to other tenants; third, to the payment of rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder, and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If such rentals and other sums received from such reletting during any month be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to any rent collected as payable under any reletting, whether or not such rent shall exceed the rent reserved in this Lease. No such re-entry or taking possession of said premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach. Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any breach, in addition to any other remedies it may have, it may recover from Tenant all damages it may incur

6

by reason of such breach, including the cost of recovering the leased premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and including the worth at the time of such termination of the excess, if any, of the amount of rent and charges equivalent to rent reserved in this Lease for the remainder of the stated term over the then reasonable rental value of the leased premises for the remainder of the stated term, all of which amounts shall be immediately due and payable from Tenant to Landlord.

Abandonment of the leasehold shall not terminate tenant's obligations hereunder. In the event tenant seeks relief pursuant to 11 USC of the United States Bankruptcy Code, the parties hereto agree that any relief approved by the court thereunder after Motion of the Debtor will only be effective as of the date of the Hearing on such Motion, or such later date as the court may designate. Landlord shall be entitled to immediate administrative payment of all amounts due under the lease from the date of filing any Petition in Bankruptcy, until said relief may be granted by the court.

In case suit shall be brought for recovery of possession of the leased premises, for the recovery of rent or any other amount due under the provisions of this Lease, or because of the breach of any other covenant herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept performed, and a breach shall be established, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all expenses incurred therefor, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

If any amount due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days of when due, Tenant shall pay to the Landlord an additional sum equal to five (5%) percent of such overdue amount as a late charge. Payment of any such late charge shall not excuse or cure any default or prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.

ARTICLE 18. ACCESS BY LANDLORD

Landlord or Landlord's agent shall have the right to enter the leased premises at all reasonable times to examine the same and to show them to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon said premises that may be required therefor without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part, and the rent reserved shall in no way abate while said repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions are being made, by reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise. During the six (6) months prior to the expiration of the term of this Lease or any renewal term, Landlord may exhibit the premises to prospective tenants and place upon the premises the usual notices "To Let" or "For Rent", which notices Tenant shall permit to remain thereon without molestation.

ARTICLE 19. TENANT'S PROPERTY

Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquency all municipal, county, state, and federal taxes assessed during the term of this Lease against any leasehold interest or Tenant's property.

The Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to the Tenant for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connected with the premises hereby leased or any part of the building of which the leased premises are a part or for any loss or damage resulting to the Tenant or its property from bursting, stoppage, or leaking of water, gas, sewer, or steam pipes or for any damage or loss of property within the leased premises from any cause whatsoever (unless caused by the neglect or act of Landlord).

Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the leased premises or in the building of which the premises are a part or of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment.

ARTICLE 20. HOLDING OVER

Any holding over after the expiration of the term hereof with the consent of the Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month and shall otherwise be on the same terms and conditions herein specified so far as applicable.

7

ARTICLE 21. RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant agrees to comply with and observe all rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time, provided the same shall apply uniformly to all tenants of the Premises. Tenant's failure to keep and observe said rules and regulations shall constitute a breach of the terms of this Lease in the manner as if the same were contained herein as covenants. "Rules and Regulations" are attached as Exhibit B and are made a part hereof. Landlord reserves the right to change, alter, or amend said Rules and Regulations upon giving tenant thirty (30) days written notice; provided that any such change shall not: unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the leased premises; or result in additional cost or expense to Tenant.

ARTICLE 22. QUIET ENJOYMENT

Upon payment by the Tenant of the rent herein provided and upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms, and conditions on Tenant's part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the leased premises for the term hereby demised without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through, or under the Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease and any mortgages to which this Lease is subordinate.

ARTICLE 23. SECURITY DEPOSIT

The Landlord herewith acknowledges receipt of the sum set forth in 1(f), which it is to retain as security for the faithful performance of all covenants, conditions, and agreements of this Lease, but in no event shall the Landlord be obliged to apply the same upon rents or other charges in arrears or upon damages for the Tenant's failure to perform the said covenants, conditions, and agreements; the Landlord may so apply the security, at its option; and the Landlord's right to the possession of the leased premises for nonpayment of rent or for any other reason shall not in any event be affected by reason of the fact that the Landlord holds this security. The said sum, if not applied toward the payment of rent in arrears or toward the payment of damages suffered by the Landlord by reason of the Tenant's breach of the covenants, conditions, and agreements of this Lease, is to be returned to the Tenant without interest when this Lease is terminated, according to these terms, and in no event is the said security to be returned until the Tenant has vacated the premises and delivered possession to the Landlord.

In the event that the Landlord repossesses itself of the leased premises because of the Tenant's default or because of the Tenant's failure to carry out the covenants, conditions, and agreements of this Lease, the Landlord may apply the said security upon all damages suffered to the date of said repossession and may retain the said security to apply upon such damages as may be suffered or shall accrue thereafter by reason of the Tenant's default or breach. The Landlord shall not be obliged to keep the said security as a separate fund or pay interest thereon but may mix the said security with its own funds.

ARTICLE 24. ENVIRONMENTAL

Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that the leased premises shall not be used for the temporary or permanent generation, storage, treatment, manufacture, handling, processing, disposal, release, or discharge of any toxic, hazardous, industrial or chemical materials, substances, wastes or pollutants, including but not limited to any substance, material, waste, contaminant or pollutant which is (i) subject to regulation under any federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental laws, statutes, regulations, orders, permits, decrees and ordinances ("Law") from time to time in effect or (ii) known to be a hazard to health, safety, property or the environment (collectively, "Hazardous Materials"), and that the Premises will be operated and maintained, and the occupants of the Premises shall conduct their activities in the building in compliance with all Laws and in a manner calculated to prevent damage to human health, safety, welfare and the environment. In no event shall Tenant dispose of, or permit the disposal of,

8

Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Premises or property adjacent to the Premises, and all Hazardous Materials shall be removed from the Premises in the manner set forth below. In no event shall Tenant permit or cause a release of Hazardous Materials at or from the Premises which is reportable or cognizable under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 USCA 9601 et seq.) or any other Laws. Tenant shall not burn, or permit the burning of, any trash, garbage or Hazardous Materials at any time in or about the Premises. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not store, or permit the storage of, waste (whether recyclable or otherwise) or Hazardous Materials, except as is customarily used or stored at similar premises, in non-leaking and secure above-ground containers, and in compliance with all applicable Laws, and as is stored in a manner calculated to prevent damage to human health, safety, welfare and the environment, and the materials in which are removed from the leased premises substantially prior to the time that such containers have been filled to capacity, Tenant shall not introduce or permit the introduction of any material except uncontaminated sanitary sewage and uncontaminated wash waters into the sewers, it being recognized that this provision shall not prevent ordinary and customary hand washing within the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its employees, agents, partners, officers and directors, from and against all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, fees of environmental consultants, and any clean-up costs, arising from any breach of the foregoing representations, warranties and covenants or as the result of the presence or release of any Hazardous Materials within, on or flowing from the leased premises.

ARTICLE 25. LANDLORD INDEMNITY

A. Representations and Warranties of Landlord. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord is the owner of the Premises and that Landlord has title thereto and the full right to enter into this Lease with Tenant, and that the premises are properly zoned for the intended use by Tenant.

B. Environmental Conditions. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that the Premises have not been used to generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle, dispose, transfer, produce or process hazardous substances (as defined in a federal, state or local law or regulation), or other dangerous or toxic substances, or solid wastes, except in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws or regulations, and has not caused or permitted and has no knowledge of the release of any hazardous substances on the Leased Premises.

C. Indemnification by Landlord. Landlord, its successors and assigns, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and its directors, officers, shareholders, agents, successors and assigns from and against any and all costs, losses, claims, liabilities, fines, expenses, penalties, and damages (including reasonable legal fees and any remediation costs) in connection with or resulting from:

(i) the existence or occurrence of any environmental condition on the Leased Premises or environmental claims with respect thereto arising from events occurring prior to the date Tenant occupies the Leased Premises, including without limitation the failure of any person to fully comply with any federal, state or local law or regulation having as its object the protection of public health, natural resources or the environment; or

(ii) any injury or death of any person or damage to any property from any act or omission of Landlord or its agents or employees.

ARTICLE 26. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Tenant and Landlord hereby waive trial by jury in any action or proceeding arising out of or in any way relating to the performance or non-performance of this lease by either party other than claims by third parties for personal injury or property damage.

WAIVER. One or more waivers of any covenant or condition by Landlord shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same covenant or condition, and the consent or approval by Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be deemed to render

9

unnecessary Landlord's consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by Tenant. No breach of a covenant or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease and the Exhibits, and Rider, if any, attached hereto and forming a part hereof, set forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions, and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the leased premises, and there are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions, or understandings, either oral or written, between them other than are herein set forth. No alteration, amendment, change, or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless reduced to writing and signed by each party.

INTERPRETATION. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of rent nor any other provision contained herein, nor any acts of the parties herein shall be deemed to create any relationship between the parties hereto other than the relationship of Landlord and Tenant

DELAYS. In the event that either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war, or other reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay, and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. The party entitled to such extension hereunder shall give written notice as soon as possible to the other party hereto of its claim of rights to such extension and the reason(s) therefor. The provisions of this section shall not operate to excuse Tenant from prompt payment of rent, percentage rent, or any other payments required by the terms of this Lease.

NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request, or other instrument which may be or is required to be given under this Lease shall be sent by United States First Class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed as set forth on page one (1) or at such other address as the Landlord or tenant may designate by written notice.

NO OPTION. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for the leased premises and shall vest no right in either party. This Lease becomes effective as a lease only upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties hereto.

BROKER'S COMMISSION. Except for the brokerage fee to be paid by Landlord pursuant to paragraph 13 of the Preliminary Agreement to Lease for Commercial Property dated April 14 and 15, 2005 executed by Tenant and Landlord, Tenant represents and warrants unto the Landlord that there are no claims for brokerage commissions or finder's fees in connection with this Lease, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim arising from an alleged agreement or act by the indemnifying party (including, without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith); such agreement to survive the termination of this Lease.

RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the written consent of Landlord; however, upon request of either party, the other party shall join in the execution of a memorandum or so-called "short form" of this Lease for the purposes of recordation. Said memorandum or short form Lease shall describe the parties, the leased premises, the term of this Lease, any special provisions, and shall incorporate this Lease by reference.

10

LAWS OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN. This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Michigan. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of the Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by the law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have signed and sealed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

In the Presence of:

TENANT                                  LANDLORD
Mercantile Bank                         Joe D Pentecost Trust
of West Michigan


By /s/ Joseph Calvaruso, SVP            /s/ Rita F. Stoskopf
   ----------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
   Joseph Calvaruso, SVP                Rita F. Stoskopf, Trustee


                                        /s/ Robert Phipps
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Robert Phipps, Trustee

11

EXHIBIT A
(Site Plan)


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord that:

(A) Tenant shall not use handbills or balloons for advertising at the Office Building.

(B) No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the exterior walls of the leased premises or the building of which they form a part.

(C) All loading and unloading of goods shall be done only at such time, in the areas, and through the entrance designated for such purpose by Landlord.

(D) All garbage and refuse shall be kept in the kind of container, be placed in the areas, and prepared for collection in the manner and at the times and places specified by Landlord.

(E) No aerial shall be erected on the roof, on exterior walls of the leased premises or the Office Building, or on the grounds, without in each instance having obtained Landlord's prior written consent. Any such device or aerial so installed without such prior consent shall be subject to removal without notice at any time.

(F) No loudspeakers, television sets, phonographs, radios, or other devices shall be used in a manner so as to be heard or seen outside the leased premises.

(G) Tenant shall not permit any obstructions or merchandise in the service corridors, sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, corridors, elevators, or stairways.

(H) Tenant and Tenant's employees shall park their cars only in those portions of the parking area designated for employee parking by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord the state automobile license numbers assigned to the car or cars of Tenant and its employees within five (5) days of any request to do so by Landlord. Tenant shall not store any vehicles on site. NO OVERNIGHT PARKING.

(I) Tenant shall use at Tenant's cost such pest extermination contractor as Landlord may direct and at such intervals as Landlord may reasonably require, provided the cost thereof is competitive to any similar service available to Tenant.

(J) Tenant shall not make or permit any noise or odor which Landlord deems objectionable to emanate from the leased premises, and no person shall use the leased premises as sleeping quarters, sleeping apartments, or lodging rooms.

(K) Tenant shall obtain all permits or licenses necessary to conduct its business.

TENANTS INITIAL'S /s/ JC                LANDLORD'S INITIAL'S /s/ RFS RP
                  -------------------                        -------------------

DATE 4-29-05                            DATE 4-29-05

14

EXHIBIT C

SIGNAGE

With the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall be entitled to display such sign or signs advertising Tenant's business at the Premises as shall be permitted by local ordinances.

15

EXHIBIT D
(Floor Plan)


Exhibit 10.36

COMMERCIAL LEASE

This Commercial Lease ("Lease") has an effective date of the 12th day of July, 2005, and is between The Conlin Company, a sole proprietorship, whose address is 2455 South Industrial, Suite K, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, hereinafter called "Landlord," and Mercantile Bank of West Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation, whose address is 310 Leonard Street NW, Grand Rapids, Michigan 49504, hereinafter called "Tenant."

The parties agree to the following for which there is adequate consideration:

1. LOCATION. Landlord owns real property located in the City of Ann Arbor, County of Washtenaw, and State of Michigan (the "Premises"). The legal description of the Premises is set forth on attached EXHIBIT A. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the entire Premises, including an approximate 10,000 square foot building and grounds (hereinafter referred to as the "Leased Premises"). The Leased Premises are more particularly shown on the drawing attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the Tenant shall be given possession of the Leased Premises as of the Effective Date of this Lease so Tenant can begin construction of its Tenant Improvements (as defined herein). Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and approvals for its occupancy. During the first four (4) months of this Lease (hereafter the "Construction Period"), Tenant shall have access to the Leased Premises for purposes of building out the Tenant's space with its Tenant improvements (collectively "Tenant Improvements") and for operating its business as further set forth in Paragraph 4.

2. TERM. The term of this Lease shall be five (5) years, commencing on July 1, 2005, and ending on June 30, 2010, unless sooner terminated under the provisions hereof. Each "Lease Year" shall be a twelve (12) month period during the initial term of this Lease and during any Renewal Period, the first commencing on the date which this Lease commences.

Notwithstanding the foregoing term and the option to renew set forth in Paragraph 3, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease prior to the end of the initial term as follows:

(a) During the first two (2) Lease Years, by giving Landlord not less than one (1) year advanced written notice and the payment of six (6) months of minimum monthly rent covering the six (6) month period after termination; or

(b) After the first two (2) Lease Years, by giving Landlord not less than one (1) year advance written notice, but no additional minimum monthly rent shall be due.

In the event of termination under Paragraph 2(a) or 2(b), Tenant shall also owe to Landlord the remaining unamortized portion of the tenant improvement allowance (hereinafter "Tenant Allowance") set forth in Paragraph 10 of this Lease. Payment by Tenant of the Tenant Allowance shall be prorated for the five
(5) year term of this Lease. For illustration purposes only, if Tenant were to spend the entire $100,000 Tenant Allowance and then were to give Landlord proper notice


Commercial Lease

Page 2 of 14

and terminate this Lease on the fourth (4th) anniversary of this Lease, then Tenant would pay to Landlord the sum of $20,000 to cover the unamortized portion of the Tenant Allowance for the fifth (5th) Lease Year (i.e., the Tenant Allowance shall be amortized at $20,000 per year for the five (5) year Lease Term). For termination during a partial Lease Year, the amortization shall be on a monthly basis.

3. OPTION TO RENEW. Tenant shall have the option to renew this lease ("Lease") for two (2) additional terms of five (5) years each. Each "Renewal Period" shall commence immediately after the end of the original term of this Lease or at the end of the first Renewal Period. To exercise the option, Tenant must give Landlord written notice of the exercise of such option not less than six (6) months prior to the end of the original term of this Lease or first Renewal Period, as appropriate. The terms of the Lease, during Renewal Period, shall remain the same as during an initial term, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein.

4. RENT. During the Construction Period, and until the Rent Commencement Date (defined below), Tenant shall pay to Landlord minimum monthly rent equal to the square footage of the leased space that it is occupying to conduct business (but not the portion of the Leased Premises in which the Tenant Improvements are being constructed) at $15.00 per square foot per annum. For illustration purposes only, if Tenant uses 2,000 feet during the Construction Period, then the Tenant's minimum monthly rent shall be $2,500 per month, payable on or before the first day of each month. In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord the sum of $12,500, which can be used to offset the appropriate portion of the last month's rent owed under this Lease.

Beginning on the earlier of (i) ten (10) days after Tenant's completion of its Tenant Improvements and its obtaining of a Certificate of Occupancy; and (ii) November 1, 2005, (the "Rent Commencement Date"), Tenant shall pay Landlord, as minimum monthly rent (sometimes referred to as the "Rent") for said Leased Premises, during the remainder of the first Lease Year of this Lease, the sum of Twelve Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 ($12,500) Dollars, subject to the provisions below. Rent shall be paid in advance of or on the first day of each month and commence and any partial month's rent shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant's actual minimum monthly rent shall be reduced by 50% until such time that the amount of the Tenant Allowance actually used by Tenant is fully deducted (up to $100,000), but subject to Tenant's obligation to pay to Landlord the unamortized portion of the Tenant Allowance pursuant to Paragraph 2 herein if Tenant terminates this Lease prior to the end of the initial term.

Annual rent during the second Lease Year and each Lease Year thereafter, including during the "Renewal Periods," shall be increased by an amount equal to the cost of living increase as determined by the official Consumer Price Index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor. The Consumer Price Index to be used will be that for "Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (Revised, United States City Average, 1982-1984=100)," hereinafter called the "CPI."


Commercial Lease

Page 3 of 14

An increase in monthly rent for the second Lease Year shall be based upon a comparison of the last CPI published prior to commencement of this Lease to the last CPI published prior to the end of the first Lease Year. The amount of the increased monthly rent to be effective beginning the second Lease Year (i.e., July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007) shall be calculated by multiplying $12,500 by the last CPI published prior to the end of the first Lease Year, divided by the last CPI published prior to the commencement of this Lease. The amount of the increased monthly rent to be effective for all succeeding Lease Years shall be calculated by multiplying the rent in effect at the end of the then previous Lease Year by the last CPI published prior to the end of the previous Lease Year, divided by the last CPI published prior to the commencement of the previous Lease Year (or if there shall not have been a rent increase for the previous Lease Year, then the denominator shall be the last CPI published prior to the commencement of the last Lease Year for which there was a rent increase).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an annual rent increase for any Lease Year during the initial term may not exceed 2.5% from the previous Lease Year, and the annual rent increase for any Lease Year during the Renewal Periods shall be 75% of the CPI increase (not to exceed 7%) from the previous Lease Year. Thus, Rent for the first Lease Year of the first Renewal Period shall be 75% of the increase in CPI from the previous Lease Year as described above, but no more than a 7% increase from the previous Lease Year.

5. ADDITIONAL RENT. As additional rent, the Tenant shall pay its share of the cost of insurance, real property taxes, and any other charges or costs due by Tenant under this Lease. This "Additional Rent" shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after presentation to Tenant by Landlord of an itemized bill for any portion of Additional Rent or within the timeframes set forth herein, whichever is longer.

6. TENANT INSURANCE. The Tenant shall keep in force, at its sole expense,
(i) an all risk insurance policy pertaining to the entire Leased Premises described at EXHIBIT A, and all buildings and other improvements thereon, including all Tenant improvements, and (2) a policy of public liability insurance in an amount not less than One Million and 00/100 ($1,000,000) Dollars per occurrence. Landlord shall be a named insured on all of Tenant's insurance policies. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates or other evidence acceptable to Landlord indicating that the insurance is in effect prior to execution of this Lease, and provide that Landlord shall be notified in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to cancellation of any material change in or renewal of the policy. Any personal property kept on the Leased Premises by Tenant shall be at Tenant's sole risk.

7. TAXES.

(a) REAL ESTATE TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, all taxes and assessments that may be levied or assessed during the term


Commercial Lease

Page 4 of 14

hereof by any lawful authority against the lands and buildings of, or relating to, the entire Leased Premises. Should the State of Michigan or any political subdivisions thereof or any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereof impose a tax and/or assessment of any kind or nature upon, against, or with respect to, the rentals payable by Tenant, either by way of substitution for all, or any part, the taxes and assessments levied or assessed against such land and buildings, or in addition thereto, such tax and/or assessment shall be deemed to constitute a tax and/or assessment against such land and such buildings for the purpose of this Paragraph.

(b) PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay, immediately when due, all taxes assessed, during the term of this Lease, against any leasehold interest or personal property of any kind owned or placed in, upon, or about the Leased Premises by Tenant; including all trade fixtures, equipment, and inventory.

8. REPAIRS. Tenant shall maintain, repair, and replace, at its sole cost and expense, the entire interior of the Leased Premises, and, subject to the paragraph below, make all necessary repairs and replacements to all interior improvements and systems which serve the Leased Premises, including all electrical, mechanical, heating, and plumbing systems and equipment (collectively the "Interior Systems"), and all glass doors, walls, trim, floors, and lighting in the Leased Premises.

Landlord shall have the obligation, at its sole cost and expense, to
(i) maintain, repair, and replace the entire exterior of the Leased Premises including, but not limited to, roof, walls, foundation, and all structural components of the building and all improvements thereon; to maintain, repair, and replace all parking, driveway and access areas; (ii) for a period of one (1) year after the Rent Commencement Date, keep the Interior Systems in good working order; and (iii) to take all other action necessary to keep the Leased Premises and all improvements thereon in good working order.

After the first year after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the first $1,000 of repairs and necessary replacements to the Interior Systems. Any maintenance, repair, or replacement costs related to Interior Systems during the first year, which costs more than $1,000, shall be due and payable by Landlord to Tenant upon demand therefore, provided that Tenant provides Landlord with invoices for all costs related to such work.

Tenant shall, throughout the term of this Lease, promptly comply, or cause compliance, with all laws and ordinances and the orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state, county, and municipal governments, and appropriate departments, commissions, boards and offices thereof, which may be applicable to the Leased Premises.

9. LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide the following improvements to the Leased Premises:


Commercial Lease

Page 5 of 14

(a) Ensure that the building exterior structure is in good repair (which shall include roof repairs) and, if it is not, make the necessary repairs within 15 days;

(b) Ensure that the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other systems are in good condition and repair and, if the systems are not, make the necessary repairs within 15 days;

(c) Seal and restripe the parking lot and driveways on the Leased Premises so that the same are in good condition within 30 days;

(d) Landscape and otherwise make sure that the grass and other greenbelt areas are in good repair, including removing weeds, trimming trees, repairing the in-ground sprinkler system, and take such other action necessary to make the grounds presentable within 30 days;

(e) Within 45 days, take all other action necessary to ensure that the exterior of the building on the Leased Premises and the building grounds are in good repair to allow Tenant to operate a first class business operation at the Leased Premises.

If Landlord fails to make the Improvements timely, Tenant shall have the right to make such improvements and shall be entitled to an offset from the minimum monthly rent of all reasonable costs related thereto, including the costs of its contractors.

10. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. The current building on the Leased Premises was a First American Title Company, which Tenant will convert to a bank branch and related improvements. To renovate the interior of the Leased Premises, Landlord shall provide to Tenant the Tenant Allowance of up to $100,000, which money shall be used for certain Tenant improvements (collectively "Tenant Improvements"). The Tenant Allowance shall be paid to Tenant in the following manner:

(a) Tenant shall obtain, at its sole cost and expense, sealed architectural plans for the demolition, remodeling, and renovation (hereinafter collectively "Renovate(tion)") of the interior of the building and shall provide a copy of the same to the Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall hire a general contractor ("General Contractor"), with the reasonable approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned.

Once a General Contractor has been hired by the Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay the General Contractor, and provide to Landlord a copy of all invoices and appropriate


Commercial Lease

Page 6 of 14

waivers of lien. The total amount of Landlord's contribution (i.e., the Tenant Allowance) for the construction of Tenant Improvements shall be $100,000 Dollars. All sums over $100,000 Dollars used to Renovate the interior of the building shall be paid by the Tenant. Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for the Tenant Allowance by allowing Tenant to reduce its minimum monthly rent as set forth in Paragraph 4 of this Lease.

(c) As set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Lease, the Tenant Allowance shall be amortized over five (5) years.

11. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and every claim for recovery from the other for any and all loss or damage to or at the Premises, including the Leased Premises, or any portion thereof, or to the contents thereof, which loss or damage is covered by valid and collectable insurance policies, including all fire and extended coverage insurance policies and general liability insurance policies, to the extent that such loss or damage is recoverable under said insurance policies, but which policies shall cover losses attributable to the negligence of either party hereto (and any employees, agents, representatives, and any parties related in any way to either party hereto) or any other party, entity, or individual. In as much as this mutual waiver will preclude the assignment of any aforesaid claim by way of subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person), Landlord and Tenant each agree to give to each insurance company which has issued policies of insurance hereunder, written notice of the terms of this mutual waiver, and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waiver.

12. FIRST AND LAST YEAR PRORATION. Any Additional Rent due hereunder by Tenant, including for insurance and taxes, during the first calendar year and the last calendar year of this Lease, including any Renewal Period, shall be prorated.

13. USE OF LEASED PREMISES. Tenant shall use the Leased Premises as a banking branch and related facilities and for no other purpose or purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not conduct or permit to be conducted on said Leased Premises any business which is contrary to any laws or regulations of the United States or the State of Michigan or contrary to local ordinances. Tenant shall not, by any act or by neglect in or about the Leased Premises, infringe any laws or regulations of the United States or the State of Michigan or local ordinances or the regulations of any public authority, and shall hold Landlord harmless from any damage accruing to it from the failure of Tenant fully to keep this covenant.

14. UTILITIES. Tenant shall pay the entire cost of all utilities used at the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, electrical, gas, water and sewer. Tenant shall arrange and pay for telephone service at the Leased Premises and any other service or utilities of any nature.


Commercial Lease

Page 7 of 14

15. ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATIONS. Tenant shall take no action to cause any adverse environmental impact on the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease or while Tenant is in possession of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall comply with all federal, state, and local statutes, laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances which relate, in any way, to environmental matters, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et. seq., and Michigan's Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act, 1994 P.A. 451.

Landlord shall indemnify, defend, and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims, causes of action, liability, costs, expenses and/or damages resulting from any toxic substances, toxic wastes, hazardous substances, and hazardous waste (as those terms are defined in the various federal and state environmental laws), which are released or disposed of on or under the Leased Premises prior to the term of this Lease or resulting from any violation of any environmental laws by Landlord or its agents, representatives and employees.

Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, causes of action, liability, costs, expenses and/or damages resulting from any toxic substances, toxic wastes, hazardous substances, and hazardous waste (as those terms are defined in the various federal and state environmental laws), which are released or disposed of on or under the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease or at any time resulting from Tenant's occupancy, operation, and/or use of the Leased Premises, including any subsequent transfer, assignment, or sublease of the Leased Premises, or resulting from any violation of any environmental laws by Tenant or its agents, representatives and employees.

16. ASSIGNMENT. Tenant shall not assign this Lease nor any right hereunder, nor hypothecate or mortgage the same, nor sublet the Leased Premises or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed; provided, however, that Tenant may assign or convey its interest in this Lease or the Leased Premises without Landlord's approval to a closely held company or subsidiary of Tenant.

17. ALTERATIONS AND FIXTURES. After the Tenant Improvements have been completed, Tenant shall make no further structural alterations and/or additions or improvements (collectively "alterations") to the Leased Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. All such structural alterations (such as walls, floors, carpeting, etc.) made by Tenant shall become the sole property of Landlord upon the termination of the Lease or the termination of occupancy of the Leased Premises. After termination of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right to remove all trade fixtures, equipment, and inventory, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Leased Premises caused by the removal.

18. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION. If the building shall be damaged or destroyed in whole or in part, than Landlord shall in good faith fully restore, repair, and rebuild the Leased Premises,


Commercial Lease

Page 8 of 14

provided the same can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days. If the same cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days, or if the same is not, in fact, fully restored by Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days because of a reason which is not the fault or cause of Landlord, then either party may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party.

Upon any casualty, there shall be an equitable abatement of Rent as mutually determined by the parties. For so long as Tenant shall continue any business on the Leased Premises or shall continue to occupy the Leased Premises or store property thereon, the Leased Premises shall not be deemed untenantable.

19. CONDEMNATION. If the whole or any part of the Leased Premises shall be taken by the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall cease as to the parcel taken as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor; and the Rent reserved shall then abate proportionately as to the part so taken, or shall cease if the entire Leased Premises shall be taken. A sale in lieu of condemnation shall be considered a "taking". At the option of either party, this Lease shall terminate if the part of the Leased Premises so taken shall be such so as to prevent the continued operation of Tenant's normal business activity on the Leased Premises, as determined by Tenant.

Tenant shall not share in the proceeds of any condemnation award except as to an award made to Tenant for cost of moving, loss of business, and trade fixtures, and after payment of Tenant's fair share of the expenses and fees of obtaining such award. If neither party elects in writing to terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days of a partial taking of the Leased Premises by giving written notice of election to the other party, Landlord shall, upon receipt of the award for taking, make the necessary repairs and alterations so as to constitute the portion of any building taken a whole architectural unit to the extent reasonably permissible under the circumstances; provided, the work required shall not exceed that required for the building's original construction nor shall the amount expended exceed the net award received by Landlord less the costs of obtaining the award and any payments to any mortgagee for diminution in the value of the fee. However, if despite Landlord's good faith efforts, the building and other improvements are not fully restored by Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord has received its condemnation proceeds, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord.

20. RIGHT TO MORTGAGE; ATTORNMENT; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Landlord reserves the right to subject and subordinate this Lease at all times to the lien of any mortgage or mortgages now or hereafter placed upon Landlord's interest in the Premises and on the land and buildings of which the said Premises are a part. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand, such further instrument or instruments subordinating this Lease to a lien of any such mortgage or mortgages, and hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such instrument or instruments for and in the name of Tenant. This power is hereby declared to be coupled with an interest and irrevocable. Any mortgage conveys the Leased Premises shall provide that Tenant's rights under the Lease shall be superior to that of the mortgagee, so long as Tenant is


Commercial Lease

Page 9 of 14

not in default under the terms of this Lease and that Tenant's interest in the Leased Premises shall not be disturbed.

21. DEFAULT AND REENTRY. Tenant shall observe and perform all the covenants, conditions, and agreements herein. Tenant shall be in default of this Lease if Tenant:

(a) shall default in the payment of any installment of Rent, Additional Rent, or any other sum specifically to be paid by Tenant hereunder and such default shall not have been cured within ten (10) days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice specifying such default; or

(b) shall default in the observance or performance of any of Tenant's covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder, other than the covenants to pay Rent or any other sum herein specified to be paid by Tenant, and such default shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant written notice specifying such default (provided, however, that if the default complaint of shall be of such nature that the same cannot be completely remedied or cured within such thirty (30) day period, then such default shall not be an enforceable default against Tenant for the purposes of this paragraph if Tenant shall have commenced curing such default within such thirty (30) day period and shall proceed with reasonable diligence and in good faith to remedy the default complained of); or

(c) shall, finally and without further possibility of appeal or review, (i) be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or (ii) have a receiver or trustee appointed for all or substantially all of its business or assets on the ground of Tenant's insolvency, or (iii) suffer an order to be entered approving of a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization of Tenant under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any State thereof; or

(d) shall make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or of any State thereof, or shall file a petition to take advantage of any insolvency act or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a substantial part of its business and property.

If Tenant defaults under this Lease as set forth above, Landlord may terminate the Lease and re-enter and repossess the Leased Premises. Landlord may, because of the forfeiture of the Lease, terminate this Lease by filing a summary proceedings action, or may take any other action which is provided under Michigan law. Landlord may, without cancellation of this Lease, avail itself of the privilege of possession above mentioned, and relet the Leased Premises in its own name as agent of Tenant for such Rent and upon such terms as Landlord may deem advisable, and, if the full


Commercial Lease

Page 10 of 14

amounts due by Tenant under the Lease have not been paid to Landlord, Tenant shall pay all deficiencies, including any expense incurred by such reletting, including, but not limited to, the cost of renting, altering and redecorating and all of Landlord's attorneys fees related thereto. Landlord may relet the Leased Premises for the balance of Tenant's unexpired Lease term or Renewal Period, or any portion thereof, or relet the Leased Premises beyond the unexpired Lease term, without releasing Tenant from Tenant's obligation hereunder to pay all deficiencies and expenses incurred by reletting, altering and redecorating and any other amounts due by Tenant hereunder.

22. LANDLORD'S ADVANCES. If Tenant shall default in any payment or expenditure of rent required to be paid or expended by Tenant under the terms hereof, or any other changes or costs due by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, at its option, make such payment or expenditure, in which event the amount thereof shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord by Tenant on the next ensuing rent day. On default in such payment, Landlord shall have the same remedies as on default in payment of Rent or any other changes due by Tenant herein.

23. LANDLORD'S INSPECTION. Landlord shall have the right to enter said Leased Premises at all reasonable hours and upon reasonable notice to Tenant to exhibit or examine the same, to make such repairs, additions or alterations as may be necessary for the safety, improvement or preservation of any portion of the Leased Premises.

24. SIGNS. Tenant may install signs on the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord provided the same comply with all local ordinances.

25. PEACEFUL POSSESSION. Tenant, on paying the rentals herein provided, and performing all the covenants and agreements herein contained to be performed by it, in the manner and at the time set therefore (provided all defaults are cured before the end of the close period), shall and may peacefully and quietly have, hold and occupy the Leased Premises for the term aforesaid.

26. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

27. SALE OF LEASED PREMISES. Upon any sale or transfer, including any transfer by operation of law, of the Leased Premises, Landlord shall be relieved from all subsequent obligations under this Lease, provided that the buyer or transferee shall assume such obligations in writing.

28. NOTICES. Whenever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice or demand be given or served by either party upon the other, such notice or demand shall be in writing


Commercial Lease

Page 11 of 14

and shall be deemed to have been duly given or served upon deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows, or deemed to be given on the date such notice is personally delivered to Landlord or Tenant, as appropriate.

To Landlord:  The Conlin Company
              Attention: Phil Conlin
              2455 South Industrial, Suite K
              Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104

To Tenant:    Mercantile Bank of West Michigan
              Attention: Joseph S. Calvaruso, Senior Vice President
              310 Leonard Street NW
              Grand Rapids, Michigan 49504

With Copy to: Jeffrey D. Swenarton
              Kreis, Enderle, Callander & Hudgins, PC
              One Moorsbridge
              P.O. Box 4010
              Kalamazoo, Michigan 49003-4010
              (269) 324-3000

Either party may change its address by written notice to the other.

29. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease constitutes the entire Lease between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein, and there are no representations, warranties, covenants, or obligations except as set forth herein. This Lease supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous Leases, understandings, negotiations, statements and discussions, written or oral, of the parties hereto.

30. WAIVER. The failure of either party to complain of any act or omission on the part of the other party, no matter how long the same may continue, shall not be deemed to be a waiver by such party of any of its rights hereunder. No waiver by any party at any time, expressed or implied, of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of a breach of any other provision of this Lease or a consent to any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. If any action by any party shall require the consent or approval of another party, such consent or approval of such action on any one occasion shall not be deemed a consent to or approval of said action on any subsequent occasion.

31. BENEFIT OF LEASE. The terms of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the assigns, heirs, agents, and representatives of the parties hereto.


Commercial Lease

Page 12 of 14

32. AMENDMENTS. The terms of this Lease may be amended or modified, provided such amendments or modifications are made in writing and signed by both parties.

33. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan.

34. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. All rights and remedies of the parties herein shall be cumulative, and none shall be exclusive of any other rights and remedies allowed under this Lease or under Michigan law.

35. FACSIMILE. The parties agree that this Lease may be executed by facsimile or in counterparts, and that all counterparts together, with or without facsimile signatures, shall constitute one integrated Lease and be deemed an original document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease.

Witnesses:                              Landlord:

                                        The Conlin Company,
                                        a sole proprietorship


                                        By: /s/ Phil Conlin
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                        Its: Owner
-------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
                                        Executed on: July 15th, 2005


Witnesses:                              Tenant:

                                        Mercantile Bank of West Michigan,
                                        a Michigan banking corporation,


/s/ Maggie Holmgren                     By: /s/ Joseph S. Calvaruso
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Maggie Holmgren                             Joseph S. Calvaruso
                                        Its: Senior Vice President


/s/ Dennis Van Dam
-------------------------------------
Dennis Van Dam                          Executed on: July 12, 2005

Effective Date:
(The Effective Date of the Agreement shall mean the date the last party signs this Agreement)


(Leased Premises)


LEGAL DESCRIPTION PARCEL A

Commencing at the North 1/4 corner, Section 8, T3S, R6E, City of Ann Arbor, Washtenaw County, Michigan; thence S86 degrees 38'10"W 679.67 feet along the North line of said section 8; thence S00 degrees 50'20"E 125.12 feet to the Southerly right-of-way line of Eisenhower Parkway for a PLACE of BEGINNING; thence continuing S00 degrees 50'20"E 399.65 feet; thence S89 degrees 09'40"W 206.76 feet; thence N00 degrees 50'20"W 400.98 feet; thence the following two courses along the Southerly right-of-way line of said Elsenhower Parkway: 193.68 feet along the arc of a 1793.86 foot radius non-tangential circular curve to the left chord bearing N89 degrees 43'40"E 193.58 feet, and N86 degrees 38'10"E 13.21 feet to the Place of Beginning, being a part of the Northwest 1/4 of said
Section 8, containing 1.89 acres of land, more or less, being subject to easements and restrictions of record, if any.


Commercial Lease

Page 12 of 14

32. AMENDMENTS. The terms of this Lease may be amended or modified, provided such amendments or modifications are made in writing and signed by both parties.

33. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan.

34. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. All rights and remedies of the parties herein shall be cumulative, and none shall be exclusive of any other rights and remedies allowed under this Lease or under Michigan law.

35. FACSIMILE. The parties agree that this Lease may be executed by facsimile or in counterparts, and that all counterparts together, with or without facsimile signatures, shall constitute one integrated Lease and be deemed an original document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease.

Witnesses:                              Landlord:

                                        The Conlin Company,
                                        a sole proprietorship


/s/ Deborah Thornber                    By: /s/ Phil Conlin  /s/ Jerry L. Helmer
-------------------------------------       ---------------  -------------------
Deborah Thornber                        Its: Owner           Jerry L. Helmer


                                                             /s/ Ruthann Helmer
-------------------------------------                        -------------------
                                                             Ruthann Helmer

Executed on: July 13th 2005

Witnesses:                              Tenant:

                                        Mercantile Bank of West Michigan,
                                        a Michigan banking corporation


/s/ Maggie Holmgren                     By: /s/ Joseph S. Calvaruso
-------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Maggie Holmgren                             Joseph S. Calvaruso
                                        Its: Senior Vice President


/s/ Dennis Van Dam
-------------------------------------
Dennis Van Dam                          Executed on : July 12, 2005

Effective Date:
(The Effective Date of the Agreement shall mean the date the last party signs this Agreement)




EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION

Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation

Wholly-owned bank subsidiary of Mercantile Bank Corporation

Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I

A Delaware business trust subsidiary of Mercantile Bank Corporation

Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company

99% owned by Mercantile Bank of Michigan and 1% owned by Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc.

Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc, a Michigan business corporation

Wholly-owned subsidiary of Mercantile Bank of Michigan

Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., LLC, a Michigan limited liability company

99% owned by Mercantile Bank of Michigan and 1% owned by Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc.

All five of the subsidiaries named above with the exception of Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I were organized under the laws of the State of Michigan. Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.


EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Mercantile Bank Corporation on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-52620, 333-91434, 333-99853 333-103242, 333-117763 and 333-119767) and Form S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-59154, 333-103376, 333-108929, and 333-107814) of our reports dated February 23, 2006 with respect to the 2005 consolidated financial statements of Mercantile Bank Corporation, and management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which reports are included in the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mercantile Bank Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2005.

                                               /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
                                               Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

Grand Rapids, Michigan
March 13, 2006


EXHIBIT 31

RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATIONS

I, GERALD R. JOHNSON, JR., CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION, CERTIFY THAT:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the "registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2006                 /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
                                        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


I, CHARLES E. CHRISTMAS, SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER OF MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION, CERTIFY THAT:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the "registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2006                 /s/ Charles E. Christmas
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Charles E. Christmas.
                                        Senior Vice President,
                                        Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and accompanies the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the "Form 10-K") of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the "Issuer").

I, Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer, certify that:

(i) the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

(ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.

Dated: February 23, 2006


                                        /s/ Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Gerald R. Johnson, Jr.
                                        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and accompanies the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the "Form 10-K") of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the "Issuer").

I, Charles E. Christmas, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Issuer, certify that:

(i) the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

(ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.

Dated: February 23, 2006


                                        /s/ Charles E. Christmas
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Charles E. Christmas
                                        Senior Vice President, Chief
                                        Financial Officer and Treasurer